mwk-10k_20191231.htm

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                      TO                     

Commission File Number 001-38937

 

Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware

83-1739858

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

37 East 18th Street, 7th Floor

New York, NY 10003

(Address of principal executive offices and zip code)

 

(347) 676-1681

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Trading Symbol(s)

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share

 

MWK

 

The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES  NO 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES  NO 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES  NO 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files). YES  NO 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

  

Accelerated filer

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

  

Smaller reporting company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Emerging growth company

 

 

 

 

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES  NO 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing price of the shares of common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market on June 28, 2019 (the last trading day of the registrant’s second fiscal quarter of 2019), was approximately $63.4 million.

The number of shares of Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of March 25, 2020 was 17,696,169.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K, to the extent described in Part III. Such definitive proxy statement, or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the registrant’s fiscal year-ended December 31, 2019.

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Page

PART I

 

 

Item 1.

Business

2

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

10

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

40

Item 2.

Properties

40

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

40

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

40

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

41

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

43

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

44

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

60

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

F-1

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

69

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

69

Item 9B.

Other Information

70

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Item 11. Executive Compensation.

71

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

71

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

71

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

71

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

71

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

72

Item 16

Form 10-K Summary

74

 

 

 

 

i


 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

 

This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance.  In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans, or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

our future financial performance, including our revenue, costs of goods sold and operating expenses;

 

our ability to achieve and grow profitability;

 

the sufficiency of our cash to meet our liquidity and operational needs and to execute our growth strategies;

 

our ability to effectively manage our growth and future expenses;

 

our ability to maintain the security and availability of our technology platform, including our AIMEE (Artificial Intelligence Mohawk e-Commerce Engine) software platform;

 

our ability to successfully launch new products, including our ability to successfully manage supply chain risks;

 

the potential impact to our business, revenues, and financial condition, including our supply chain and our operations due to the coronavirus disease 2019 (or COVID-19) global pandemic;

 

our ability to identify, complete, and integrate merger and acquisition transactions;

 

our predictions about industry and market trends;

 

our ability to successfully expand internationally;

 

our estimated total addressable market;

 

our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property, including our AIMEE software platform;

 

our ability to comply with modified or new laws and regulations applying to our business;

 

our ability to attract and retain key personnel;

 

our ability to successfully defend litigation brought against us or to pursue litigation; and

 

the increased expenses and obligations associated with being a public company.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all the forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report.

We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section of this Annual Report entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and challenging environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected, or that the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed, in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements except as required by law.

 

 

1


 

PART I

Item 1. Business.

Overview

Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (“Mohawk”, the “Company”, “we”, “us”, and “our”) is a rapidly growing technology-enabled consumer products company (“CPG”). Mohawk was founded on the premise that if a CPG company was founded today, it would apply artificial intelligence (“A.I.”) and machine learning, the synthesis of massive quantities of data and the use of social proof to validate high caliber product offerings as opposed to over-reliance on brand value and other traditional marketing tactics.

We have launched and sold hundreds of SKUs on Amazon and other e-commerce platforms. Through the success of a number of those products, we have grouped them and have incubated four owned and operated brands: hOmeLabs, Vremi, Xtava and RIF6. These product categories include home and kitchen appliances, kitchenware, environmental appliances (i.e., dehumidifiers and air conditioners), beauty related products and, to a lesser extent, consumer electronics.

 

 

 

 

hOmeLabs Ice Maker

 

Vremi Kitchen Set

 

Xtava Infrared Hair Straightener

 

hOmeLabs Dehumidifier

We believe we are reinventing how to rapidly and successfully identify new product and market opportunities and to launch, autonomously market and sell products in the rapidly growing global e-commerce market by leveraging our proprietary software technology platform, known as AIMEE. AIMEE combines large quantities of data, A.I., machine learning and other automation algorithms, at scale, to allow rapid opportunity identification and automated online sales and marketing of consumer products.

AIMEE sources data from various e-commerce platforms, the internet and publicly available data, allowing it to estimate and determine trends, performance and consumer sentiment on products and searches within e-commerce platforms. This functionality allows us to help determine which products to market, manufacture through contract manufacturers, import and sell on e-commerce marketplaces. AIMEE is also connected, through application program interfaces (“APIs”), to multiple e-commerce platforms. This allows us to automate the purchase of marketing and to automate pricing changes on product listings.

We generate revenue primarily through the online sales of our various digital native consumer products and substantially all of our sales are made through the Amazon U.S. marketplace. AIMEE is integrated with marketplaces in the U.S., primarily Amazon and Walmart, among others, and other platforms like Shopify. We intend to launch products in the future, managed by AIMEE, on marketplaces outside the U.S. In 2018, predominantly through pilot programs, we began offering third party brands access to AIMEE through our managed software as a service (“SaaS”) business.

See the sections contained within this Annual Report on Form 10-K entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Risk Factors” for further information.

Our History and Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware under the name Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc. in March 2018. We have a single direct operating subsidiary, Mohawk Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Mohawk Opco”), which was incorporated in Delaware in April 2014. As of December 31, 2019, we have multiple operating subsidiaries located in the United States, Canada, Ireland and China and conduct various aspects of our business in a number of other geographic locations including Philippines, Israel, Poland, France and Ukraine.

On September 4, 2018, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization among Mohawk Opco, MGH Merger Sub, Inc. and Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc., as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of April 1, 2018 (the “Merger Agreement”), MGH Merger Sub, Inc. merged with and into Mohawk Opco, with Mohawk Opco remaining as the surviving entity and becoming a wholly-

2


 

owned operating subsidiary of our Company (the “Merger”). The Merger was effective as of September 4, 2018 upon the filing of a Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Effective Time”). Pursuant to the Merger, we acquired the business of Mohawk Opco, a rapidly growing technology-enabled consumer products company.

The Merger was a reverse recapitalization for financial reporting purposes. Before the Merger, we had no operations, no cash and no debt. No stockholder obtained control of our Company as a result of the Merger. Mohawk Opco stockholders obtained 92% of our voting interests and continued to control our Company after the Merger. As a result, no step-up in basis was recorded and the net assets of Mohawk Opco are stated at historical cost. The Merger was intended to be treated as a reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

The Merger is reflected in the financial statements and financial disclosures as if the Merger was effective as of the earliest period presented. Operations prior to the Merger are the historical operations of Mohawk Opco.

Our principal executive offices are located at 37 East 18th Street, 7th Floor, New York, NY 10003, and our telephone number is (347) 676-1681. Our website address is www.mohawkgp.com. We do not incorporate the information on, or accessible through, our website into this Annual Report, and you should not consider any information on, or accessible through, our website as part of this Annual Report. We have included our website address in this Annual Report on Form 10-K solely as an inactive textual reference.

Our Platform

AIMEE, our proprietary technology platform, allows us to identify product and market opportunities and to execute and manage online marketing strategies. In addition, AIMEE’s innovative data analytics platform provides real-time inventory visibility allowing us to automate and manage the life-cycle of our consumer product portfolio.

Using data and analysis provided by AIMEE, we determine which products to market, manufacture through contract manufacturers, import and sell on e-commerce marketplaces. We contract manufacturers, through purchase orders, predominately in China, to manufacture our consumer products. We have employees in China that perform sourcing, product testing, manufacturer qualification, quality assurance and control and purchasing, among other things. We take ownership and import these goods from China through various transportation methods via third party transporters. We use a combination of Amazon warehouses, other third-party warehouses and logistics partners to fulfill direct-to-consumer orders through agreements or terms of services. Our scalable fulfillment services are integrated with AIMEE and are Amazon Prime Certified. We believe we can deliver products within two days of order through ground shipment across 95% of the U.S. market. In the fourth quarter of 2019, we began expanding our third-party warehouse network to add fulfillment by merchant (“FBM”) One Day Prime delivery. We believe this expansion will cover approximately 90% of the U.S. market shortly after the end of the first quarter of 2020.  We believe that the increase in warehouse costs associated with this expansion will be more than offset by the decrease in shipping costs to customers, as the average last mile shipping zones will decrease due to our increased reach. Our sales, marketing and fulfillment are substantially integrated into AIMEE, which allows us to automate price, media buying, search engine optimization and shipping.

AIMEE is being developed to be product agnostic and we believe it can help us identify opportunities in most product categories and its other lifecycle capabilities can be applied to most consumer products. To date, we have primarily focused more towards products that require limited research and development, where small but meaningful data-driven adjustments to the product can be leveraged to address customer needs. We aggressively market our products at launch to capture highly visible virtual shelf space. We believe that our marketing strategies, when combined with social proof for our product, can create longer term revenue streams for our business that will require limited human touch as AIMEE’s functionality continues to be developed to autonomously optimize certain proprietary online marketing strategies for the product. Our large and growing data set provides the foundation for proprietary algorithms that AIMEE is being developed to execute throughout our business, including algorithms that predict purchase behavior, forecast demand and optimize inventory. We believe that in the long term, technology will play a key factor in creating and sustaining our advantage in the mass market CPG industry. With the commoditization of product manufacturing and brand advertising, efficiency of supply chain through technology will be a significant differentiator. CPG companies that can harness large amounts of data and apply analytics, automation and machine learning to better understand consumer needs, automate marketing processes and reduce fixed costs will prevail.

AIMEE’s functionality is comprised of three modules that are in various stages of development and that operate today in combination with human judgment and oversight:

Market Research. AIMEE’s idea generator functionality quickly analyzes and filters millions of shopping-related data points to identify product opportunities, including relevant product specifications, based on consumer sentiment, product trends and attributes and competitive landscape analysis, among other things.

3


 

Financial Planning & Analysis. AIMEE’s financial planning and analysis functionality is being developed to perform product cash flow projections at the individual product level to provide visibility into the product pipeline and to compare projections against real-time results.

Automated Marketing Strategy Execution. AIMEE’s algorithms select and execute online marketplace trading strategies to optimize product sales and contribution margin. These algorithms, for a significant number of our products, run at intervals of approximately one minute to one hour, price, media buying, product listing health, SEO and inventory levels. AIMEE’s architecture continues to be developed to learn new skills and to execute complex tactics and strategies.

We continue to develop AIMEE’s capabilities, including with respect to forecasting, inventory management, online marketing and other aspects, which today involve human judgment and oversight. We believe that AIMEE can be applied to other non-competing products and have launched pilot programs for our managed SaaS business with third-party brands.

Our Business Model

Mass market consumers have access to increasingly more data and select products based on their analysis of value and price as opposed to relying primarily on brand equity. In light of this, we believe that the model followed by CPG brands in the past, leveraging TV, magazine and other advertising campaigns to make consumers feel comfortable with their purchase through non-measurable claims of quality, will become obsolete. Thanks to the technologies powering retail today, consumers can make purchasing decisions based on a combination of other customer ratings (which we believe provide measurable claims of quality), price, feature comparison and other factors.

Our mission is to create brands that deliver to our customers superior products than the incumbents by infusing technology throughout the entire value chain. We believe that this makes it possible for us to launch evergreen products with features that customers have indicated are the most important to them and with profitable unit economics. With scale, we gain purchasing power both at the product level and at the overall fulfillment level, which improves our operating results.

We believe in continuously automating and optimizing every aspect of our business through technology so that our overhead remains modest in relation to the number of products we create and manage. AIMEE allows us to track unit economics, which we believe, combined with the automation of our fixed costs, will allow us to disrupt and scale the business model of CPG.

Our product lifecycle can be summarized as follows:

 

1.

We use AIMEE to analyze shopping-related data points, assist in performing product cash flow projections at the product level and to detect product opportunities in e-commerce markets on which we sell, primarily the US Amazon marketplace.

 

2.

We contract manufacture products under our owned and operated brands based on the data analyzed by AIMEE and aim to commercially launch such products within six to eight months after an idea has been identified.

 

3.

Each of our products then typically goes through the Launch phase and depending on its level of success is moved to one of the other phases as further described below:

 

i.

Launch phase: During this phase, we leverage our technology to target opportunities identified using AIMEE. During this period of time, and due to the combination of discounts and investment in marketing, our net margin for a product could be as low as approximately negative 35%. Net margin is calculated by taking net revenue less cost of

4


 

 

goods sold, less fulfillment, online advertising and selling expenses. These costs primarily reflect the estimated variable costs related to the sale of a product.

 

ii.

Sustain phase: Our goal is for every product we launch to enter the sustain phase and become profitable, with a target average of positive 10% net margin, within three months of launch on average. Net margin reflects a combination of manual and automated adjustments in price and marketing spend. Over time, our products benefit from economies of scale stemming from purchasing power both with manufacturers and with fulfillment providers.

 

iii.

Milk phase or Liquidate phase: If a product does not enter the sustain phase or if the customer satisfaction of the product (i.e., ratings) is not satisfactory, then it will go to the liquidate phase and we will sell the remaining inventory. In order to enter the milk phase, we believe that a product must be well received and become a strong leader in its category in both customer satisfaction and volume sold as compared to its competition. Products in the milk phase that have achieved profitability should benefit from pricing power and we expect their profitability to increase accordingly. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, none of our products have achieved the milk phase and we can provide no assurance that any of our products will do so in the future.

To date, our operating results have included a mix of products in the launch and sustain phases, and we expect such results to include a mix of products in all phases at any given period. Product mix can affect our gross profit and the variable portion of our sales and distribution expenses. Ultimately, we believe that the future cash flow generated by our products in the sustain phase will outpace the amount that we will reinvest into launching new products, driving profitability at the company level while we continue to invest in growth and technology.

Time to Market Advantage vs Incumbents

 

 

Market Opportunity & Industry

The e-Commerce Industry is Experiencing Massive Growth and Technology is Driving Transformation Across Consumer Product Industries and Marketplaces

According to eMarketer’s June 2019 publication, as consumers shift to digital marketplaces, the global e-commerce market is forecasted to grow to approximately $6.5 trillion in 2023, from $2.9 trillion in 2018, representing a compound annual growth rate of 17.5%. Technological innovation has profoundly impacted how consumers discover and purchase products, forcing businesses to adapt in order to engage effectively with online consumers. We believe that the future of the consumer product industry will be driven by the ability of companies to quickly synthesize massive quantities of data in real time to create actionable insights that address consumer needs in a dynamically changing marketplace. We believe that new, highly powered data driven business models that embrace these changes and deeply focus on the consumer will be the winners in this rapidly changing environment. We also believe that human beings cannot accurately and efficiently process the massive quantities of various data points required to address real-time dynamic marketplace changes. We believe that our data-driven approach, facilitated by AIMEE, positions us for success to address these structural shifts as consumers move to digital marketplaces to satisfy their needs.

5


 

Many CPG Companies Have Failed to Adapt to Changing Consumer Behavior in the e-Commerce Market

In recent years, the traditional brick-and-mortar CPG industry has experienced a number of structural shifts and trends. E-commerce continues to take market share from brick-and-mortar CPG companies. We believe the traditional brick-and-mortar CPG industry has been slow to react to changing consumer needs in the digital age. In addition, smaller digital native brands, brands whose products are only sold online, are also taking market share from traditional incumbent consumer product companies. Digital native brands that sell direct-to-consumer with competitive pricing and product features, meanwhile, can garner significant social proof in the form of reviews and have deeper relationships with their consumer base. According to the Catalina Report for the year-ended June 2015, the top 100 CPG companies across various product categories, as a group, experienced a decline in sales and most experienced a decline in market share. We believe this is due to increasing consumer preference for online marketplaces where these incumbent CPG companies have been less successful in competing. The creation of online marketplaces has removed certain barriers to entry for new businesses in the CPG industry. Newer, more agile, data driven CPG companies, like Mohawk, have the ability to better understand what consumers are looking for in real time and to make our products visible to consumers on the right virtual shelves and at efficient costs.

The Consumer Journey is Data-Driven and No Longer Relies Primarily on Brand Value to Drive Buying Decisions

We believe online consumers in the mass market CPG industry are becoming less brand-focused due to the availability of data search engines that allow consumers to make more informed buying decisions for competitive offerings based on price discovery, product features and social proof in the form of product ratings and consumer reviews, among other things. According to Adeptmind’s May 2018 research, approximately 46.7% of consumers’ product searches began with Amazon and approximately 34.6% began with Google. We believe a majority of millennials have no real preference between private-label and national brands. In addition, according to Google’s 2015 published research, approximately 40% of product searches are for broad category queries like bedroom furniture or women’s athletic clothing instead of brand focused searches. Instead, the consumer journey begins with a search for specific features that speak to customer needs.  Further, in July 2019, Marketplace Pulse published research that stated that 78% of keyword searches done on Amazon are for generic goods and 78% of the top 100,000 search terms did not include a brand within the search.  We believe our platform addresses these changes in shopping behavior in a precise and scalable way. AIMEE has the ability to synthesize large quantities of data relating to relevant features and trends in consumer preferences, which allows us to quickly develop products that delight consumers. AIMEE’s algorithms also allow us to manage the online marketing strategies of our products to optimize visibility for relevant searches.

Consumer Products

We have used AIMEE to create a portfolio of four owned and operated consumer product brands and have hundreds of SKUs available for sale. AIMEE’s idea generator has been developed to be product agnostic and we believe can generate product opportunities in most product categories

 

 

6


 

 

Managed SaaS

We believe that many brands have under-invested in their marketplace strategy due to the inherent complexities of managing businesses on Amazon and a fundamental misunderstanding of the accretive relationship between Amazon and other sales channels.  Moreover, we believe a number of macro-environmental factors, including the rising costs of customer acquisition on traditional digital channels and the growth of the Amazon Prime program, will push many brands to more fully embrace Amazon as a critical component of an omni-channel distribution strategy.  We believe AIMEE is uniquely equipped to add value to brands in this emerging paradigm, leveraging real-time analytics and marketing automation to help brands more effectively manage their marketplace strategy.

We believe that our managed SaaS solution, which includes combined access to our team’s expertise and AIMEE software, could provide a significant advantage over other competitors in this industry. We believe this is because many incumbent CPG companies have historically operated as business-to-businesses and have not invested sufficiently to succeed on online marketplaces. With a managed technology solution, we believe we can bridge this operational gap by offering our technology combined with our substantial know-how in managing business-to-consumer supply chains, marketing, and customer service, among other things.

Beginning in 2018, predominantly through pilot programs, we began offering third party brands access to AIMEE through our managed SaaS business.  Our offering provides substantially the same capabilities utilized for our owned and operated portfolio of products. We currently structure our offering as a standalone managed SaaS service or, in cases where the client’s third-party’s logistics do not allow for fulfillment direct-to-consumer, as a managed SaaS service suite which includes a standard reseller agreement that leverages our integrated direct-to-consumer fulfillment program.

Acquisitions

Acquisition Strategy

While we intend to pursue growth from our existing product portfolio and from new product launches, we also intend to pursue growth through strategic acquisitions of digital native brands that have the potential to be quickly on-boarded onto our e-commerce platform. When looking at new potential product categories and potential acquisition targets, we typically apply a make-or-buy analysis based on the data provided from our AIMEE technology platform combined with our assessment of the risks and costs of successfully launching products in the new product category. We intend to pursue acquisitions when the target meets our financial and other criteria, including potential cost saving synergies, revenue sustainability and risk mitigation. Cost saving synergies are derived primarily from reduced labor costs because we expect that we will not hire many of the target company’s employees, if any. We expect that these consumer product businesses will typically have built a significant presence on at least one e-commerce marketplace around one or more product categories. We expect that the products of these businesses will have strong unit economics, high product quality and stable supply chains, have developed significant social proof in the form of customer reviews and high search ranking for relevant key words and are in product categories where frequent product improvement is not required. They also tend to have significant concentration risk due to limited product categories, have limited ability to scale as they do not have a technology platform enabling automation and have limited working capital to further enable growth.

On September 10, 2019, we completed the acquisition of the assets of a personal wellness company (the “Aussie Health Assets”), whose products sell primarily on the Amazon US marketplace, for total consideration of $1.3 million, which was approximately 3.25 times the business’ last trailing twelve months EBITDA.  The purchase price was comprised of cash of $1.1 million and a promissory note for $0.2 million, which accrues interest at a rate of 8% per annum and matures on June 10, 2020. We also paid $0.1 million in the form of a working capital payment related to the inventory purchased.

Our ability to complete any acquisition typically depends on the seller providing seller financing in the form of a seller note, our ability to use debt and equity financing, and permission from our existing lenders.

Intellectual Property

We rely primarily on a combination of trade secrets, trademarks, employee and third-party nondisclosure agreements and licensing arrangements (including open source software) to protect our intellectual property in the United States and internationally. We generally do not pursue patent applications as a means of protecting our intellectual property. We have applied to register or have registered certain of our trademarks in the United States and other jurisdictions, and we will pursue additional trademark registrations to the extent we believe they would be beneficial and cost-effective.

7


 

Customers

Our customers are primarily individual online consumers who purchase our products primarily on Amazon US, and to a lesser extent on our owned and operated websites and other marketplaces. In 2018, approximately 95% of our revenue was through or with the Amazon sales platform and in 2019, 95% of our revenue was through or with the Amazon sales platform. Customers in our managed SaaS business consist of third-party consumer product companies who are primarily engaged in pilot programs.

Seasonality

Our individual product categories are typically affected by seasonal sales trends primarily resulting from the timing of the summer season for certain of our environmental appliance products and the fall and holiday season for our small kitchen appliances and accessories. With our current mix of environmental appliances, the sales of those products tend to be significantly higher in the summer season. Further, our small kitchen appliances and accessories tend to have higher sales during the fourth quarter, which includes Thanksgiving and the December holiday season. As a result, our operational results and cash flows may fluctuate materially in any quarterly period depending on, among other things, weather conditions, shifts in the timing of certain holidays and changes in our product mix.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing strategy and approach is substantially integrated into AIMEE and also involves human judgment. AIMEE is being developed to allow us to automate price, media buying, search engine optimization and a/b testing leveraging our proprietary technology software and algorithms we have built into AIMEE. We believe this automation will bring significant competitive advantages for our products and managed SaaS customers alike. For our SKUs, our advertising investment is focused on online channels and e-commerce platforms. Currently our primary focus on advertising spend is online across Amazon, Google and Facebook. Our spend and approach on advertising is different depending on the life cycle of products on our platform. We view and classify products into categories such as launch, sustain, milk or liquidate.

The launch phase is where we classify new products being introduced into the marketplace. The advertising spend during this stage is aggressive and can last for three months on average to ensure the product launch is successful, with a focus on search optimization and the development of social proof that our products are meeting customer needs. Once our products reach the sustain phase, our sales and marketing strategy then focuses on managing price and pay-per-click optimization, along with a corresponding reduction in spending on search optimization and social proof.

Third-Party Manufacturing & Logistics

As of December 31, 2019, we contract, through purchase orders, with approximately 40 manufacturers, predominately in China, for substantially all of our consumer products. As of December 31, 2019, we have an operations team of approximately 30 people in Shenzhen, China that performs sourcing, product testing, manufacturer qualification, quality assurance and control and purchasing, among other things. In general, we do not use master agreements with vendors and aim to have flexibility in our supply chain to match our forecasting needs.

We use a combination of Amazon warehouses, other third-party warehouse and logistics partners to fulfill direct-to-consumer orders, through agreements or terms of services. In addition to fulfillment by Amazon warehouses, in 2018 we began utilizing three geographically distributed third-party warehouses to allow us to deliver orders within two days through ground shipment to approximately 95% of the U.S. market. Warehouse selection for any particular product depends on the size and other aspects of the products to be warehoused, with a focus on optimizing storage and fulfillment costs. We are focused on driving manufacturing and logistics costs down as we grow, scale and improve our purchasing power.  In the fourth quarter of 2019, we began expanding our third-party warehouse network to add FBM One Day Prime delivery. We believe this expansion will cover approximately 90% of the U.S. market by approximately the end of the first quarter of 2020.  We believe that the increase in warehouse costs associated with this expansion will be more than offset by the decrease in shipping costs to customers as the average last mile shipping zones will decrease due to our increased reach.

Competition

The consumer goods and e-commerce markets are very competitive, including the market for potential M&A opportunities. Our competitors include traditional and non-traditional consumer good companies, discount stores, traditional retailers, the online platforms of these traditional retail competitors, independent retail stores and e-commerce companies. The market for SaaS services relating to e-commerce, and the U.S. Amazon marketplace in particular, is also very competitive with a variety of well-funded entrants in the space.  The market landscape is diverse, with competitors selling into brands, agencies, manufacturers and retailers alike. The services offered by these competitors vary, with some offering point solutions for specific aspects related to selling on Amazon,

8


 

including research and business intelligence, Amazon services and listing management, while others focus on a more holistic approach.  Some of these competitors leverage proprietary software to execute their services, while others offer personnel with relevant expertise. In addition, Amazon also offers its sellers a variety of tools that are generally free.

We believe that our owned and operated products business and our managed SaaS business gives us an advantage as we are able to quickly develop new algorithms and test them on our own products to ensure their efficacy before delivering them to managed SaaS clients. By having our owned and operated businesses, we are able to better predict and develop features that we believe our will deliver results for managed SaaS clients.

With regard to our CPG business, we believe our competitors are Amazon, Helen of Troy, Newell Brands, Frigidaire, Trademark Global and any CPG company that sells products similar to ours in the e-commerce space. There has also been an increase in the number of sellers who are based in China that sell products similar to ours. For our managed SaaS business, we believe our competitors are Feedvisor, CommerceIQ, Channel Advisor, Teikametrics, Jungle Scout, and Helium10. We believe that we are able to compete effectively because of our expertise, platform, our A.I. and other automation.

Regulatory Matters/Governmental Regulations

We are subject to a variety of U.S. federal, state and local laws and international laws, including but not limited to those governing the processing of payments, consumer protection, the privacy of consumer information and other laws regarding unfair and deceptive trade practices. We are also subject to various environmental laws, rules and regulations, such as California’s Proposition 65.

The products sold by us are also subject to regulation by United States governmental agencies, including the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, United States Food and Drug Administration, the U.S. Department of Energy and similar state and international regulatory authorities, such as the California Energy Commission. We do not estimate any significant capital expenditures for environmental control matters either in the current fiscal year or in the near future.

We are also subject to regulations relating to our supply chain. For example, the California Transparency in Supply Chains Act requires retail sellers that do business in California to disclose their efforts to eradicate slavery and human trafficking in their supply chains. As part of our vendor qualification process, we review suppliers’ operations for compliance with applicable labor and workplace standards and other applicable laws, including laws prohibiting child labor, forced labor and unsafe working conditions.

Substantially all of our products are currently manufactured in China, which may result in additional costs, if international trade negotiations result in adverse tariffs on our products.

Although we have not suffered any material restriction from doing business in the past due to government regulation, significant impediments may arise in the future as we expand product offerings.

From time to time, we dispose of obsolete inventory, which is disposed of or destroyed in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

People

As of December 31, 2019, we had 61 full-time and part-time employees and 83 independent contractors. Of our employees and contractors, 49 are engaged in research and development, 73 are engaged in sales, marketing and operations and 22 are in general corporate and administrative positions.

As of December 31, 2019, our employees and contractors are based in five offices, including shared workspaces, in seven countries, including 32 in research and development, sales, marketing, operations, general corporate and administration in our New York office, which is our corporate headquarters, 31 in China where we perform operations and manufacturers inspections, 2 in Canada where we perform research and development and recruiting functions, four in Israel where we perform certain sale operations and research and development functions and 40 in the Philippines where we perform customer service, sales and marketing and other logistics functions. We also contract 35 consultants predominately for research and development functions in Ukraine and Poland.

Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining agreements or labor unions.

 

 

 

9


 

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Risks Relating to Our Businesses

 

We have historically operated at a loss and we may never achieve or sustain profitability or positive cash flows, further we and our independent registered public accounting firm have expressed substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

We have historically operated at a loss and experienced losses after tax of $31.8 million and $58.8 million in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. While we have experienced revenue growth from period-to-period, the level of growth has at times been inconsistent. In addition, our costs may increase in future periods, which could negatively affect our future operating results and ability to achieve and sustain profitability. For example, we may need to continue to expend substantial financial and other resources on the ideation, sourcing and manufacturing of products, our technology infrastructure, research and development, including the development of new features for our AIMEE software platform, sales and marketing, international expansion and general administration, including expenses related to being a public company. We have had to rely on a combination of cash flow from operations and new capital in order to sustain our business. Despite the fact that we have raised significant capital, there can be no assurance that we will ever achieve profitability. Even if we do, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Failure achieve or sustain profitability could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Our growth strategy has resulted in operating losses and negative cash flows from operations that raised substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019, that raised substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.  If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may have to make significant changes to our operating plan, such as delay expenditures, reduce investments in new products, delay the development of our software, reduce our sale and distribution infrastructure, or significantly reduce our business. Further, if we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may be forced to liquidate our assets and the values we receive for our assets in liquidation or dissolution could be significantly lower than the values reflected in our financial statements.

We have a short operating history in an evolving industry.

We have a short operating history in a rapidly evolving and highly competitive industry that may not develop in a manner favorable to our business. Our relatively short operating history makes it difficult to assess our future performance. You should consider our business and prospects in light of the risks and difficulties we may encounter.

Our future success will depend in large part upon our ability to, among other things:

 

manage our inventory effectively;

 

successfully develop, retain and expand our consumer product offerings and geographic reach;

 

compete effectively;

 

anticipate and respond to macroeconomic changes;

 

effectively manage our growth;

 

hire, integrate and retain talented people at all levels of our organization;

 

avoid interruptions in our business from information technology downtime, cybersecurity breaches or labor stoppages;

 

maintain the quality of our technology infrastructure and the quality of our consumer products;

 

develop new features to enhance AIMEE’s functionality; and

 

retain our existing manufacturing vendors and attract new manufacturing vendors.

In addition, our managed SaaS business is still nascent and we may be unable to successfully maintain or grow our managed SaaS business.   Our managed SaaS business is primarily comprised of three brands under the control of single party primarily relating to supplements.  We can provide no assurance that we will be successful in growing or retaining this business which would result in the loss of managed SaaS and associated reseller revenues. If we fail to address the risks and difficulties that we face, including those associated with the challenges listed above as well as those described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section, our business, financial condition and our operating results will be adversely affected.

10


 

We have significant operational exposure relating to the COVID-19 pandemic and the impact from this risk could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.

Our people, business and operations, and the people, business and operations of our suppliers, logistics providers, marketplaces and other business partners, may be adversely affected by the recent coronavirus (or COVID-19) pandemic. The future impact on the Company’s people, business and global operations, and on the Company’s suppliers, logistics providers, marketplaces and other business partners is uncertain and cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. Given the nature of the pandemic, it is possible that any and every aspect of our value chain could be disrupted, and such impact could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects. For example, we may be unable to launch new products, to replenish inventory for existing products, to ship into, or receive inventory in, our third-party warehouses, or to ship or sell products to customers, in each case on a timely basis or at all. In addition, the majority of our people are currently working remotely which creates challenges in the way we operate our business, including with respect to the manner in which we ensure the quality of our products. If any of our key personnel contracts the virus, we could experience impacts to our ability to execute our operations. Further, we are currently seeking to preserve our liquidity and capital resources through various actions which may include negotiating the delay of payments to certain vendors the effect of which could have an adverse impact on our business, including our relationships with these vendors. In addition, our operations rely on third-parties to manufacture our products, to provide logistics and warehousing services and to facilitate sales of our products, and accordingly we rely on the business continuity plans of these third parties to operate during the pandemic and have limited ability to influence their plans. In light of the uncertainty as to the severity and duration of the pandemic, we may be unable to remain in compliance with the terms of our existing credit facilities and may be unable to secure a waiver which could have an adverse impact on our business, prospects and financial condition and we may seek additional financing options. We expect that any financing, if successful, will be expensive and/or dilutive. We also may be unable to forecast demand for our products during the pendency of this pandemic and we may experience a substantial decrease in the demand for our products most of which are considered not essential.

 

We may not be able to sustain our revenue growth rate.

Our recent revenue growth should not be considered indicative of our future performance. Specifically, our net revenue increased by 56.2% in 2019 compared to 2018, 101.0% in 2018 compared to 2017. As we grow our business, our revenue growth rates may slow in future periods due to a number of reasons, which may include our inability to successfully launch new products that reach our sustain phase and to keep those products in the sustain phase or to grow our managed SaaS business, as well as the maturation of our business.

 

We believe that during 2019 investors have placed significant focus on the ability of certain private and newly public companies to demonstrate sustained profitability instead of continuing higher levels of revenue growth at the expense of profitability. We may decide to delay certain investments in order to more quickly achieve profitability, and while such decisions may accelerate profitability on a sustained basis, we can provide no assurance that we will continue to be able to maintain or sustain the same levels of historic revenue growth.

 

We may require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available or may be available only by diluting existing stockholders.

We intend to continue making investments, while balancing the need to achieve profitability, to support our business growth and may require additional funds to maintain, grow and respond to business challenges. Accordingly, we need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, we expect our existing stockholders to suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. In addition, we may not be able to raise sufficient equity or equity-like capital without first seeking shareholder approval which could limit our ability to complete such transaction, or to complete such transaction on a timely basis. Any debt financing secured by us in the future would require the consent of our existing lenders, and also could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital-raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities. In addition, we may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to maintain, grow and respond to business challenges would be significantly limited, and our business and prospects could fail or be adversely affected. If we require additional borrowings in order to achieve continued growth, but are unable to satisfy conditions required by MidCap or Horizon, we can provide no assurance that we will be able to access borrowings in excess of the $25.0 million cap available under the MidCap revolving credit facility, or on terms that will be acceptable to us, or that we would be able to refinance the MidCap facility or Horizon term loans, on terms acceptable to us, or at all. In addition, if we were to breach either of our existing credit facilities, either or both lenders could exercise remedies against us which could result in our having to prepay our existing loans earlier than required or could result in reduced availability under the MidCap facility.  

11


 

Substantially all of our revenues are from sales of products on Amazon’s U.S. Marketplace and any change, limitation or restriction, even if temporary, on our ability to operate  on Amazon’s platform could have a material adverse impact to our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We sell substantially all of our products on Amazon’s U.S. marketplace and are subject to Amazon’s terms of service and various other Amazon seller policies and services that apply to third parties selling products on Amazon’s marketplace. Amazon has the right to terminate or suspend its agreement with us at any time and for any reason. Amazon may take other actions against us such as suspending or terminating a seller account or product listing and withholding payments owed to us indefinitely. While we endeavor to materially comply with the terms of services of the marketplaces on which we operate, and to provide our consumers with a great experience, we can provide no assurances that these marketplaces will have the same determination with respect to our compliance.

Amazon or any other marketplace on which we choose to sell can make changes to their respective platforms that could require us to change the manner in which we operate, limit our ability to successfully launch new products or increase our costs to operate and such changes could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. Examples of changes that could impact us relate to platform fee charges (i.e., selling commissions), exclusivity, inventory warehouse availability, excluded products and limitations on sales and marketing.  Any change, limitation or restriction on our ability to sell on Amazon’s platform, even if temporary, could have a material impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We also rely on services provided by Amazon’s fulfillment platform, including Prime Certification, which provides for expedited shipping to the consumer, an important aspect in the buying decision for consumers. For products that we fulfill ourselves, we have qualified to offer our products for sale with Prime Certification delivery. Any inability to market our products for sale with expedited delivery provided under Prime Certification could have a material impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. For example, in the third and fourth quarter of 2019, we temporarily experienced the loss of our Prime Certification delivery, and in addition, certain of our products were deemed not be eligible for Prime delivery based on Amazon’s determination of expected shipping dates. Failure to remain compliant with the best fulfillment practices on Amazon’s platform could have a material impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

In addition, in response to the Covid-19 pandemic, Amazon has recently implemented changes to its fulfillment services platform such that certain products deemed non-essential have extended delivery times and Amazon is currently not accepting goods to any of its warehouses that are deemed non-essential. The impact of this change could have a material effect on our revenues, profitability and financial condition.

We may not accurately forecast revenues, profitability and appropriately plan our expenses.

We base our current and future expense levels primarily on our operating forecasts and estimates of sales. Sales and operating results are difficult to forecast because they generally depend on a number of factors including our ability to launch new products on a timely basis and to accurately predict the success of those launches, which are uncertain. Additionally, our business is affected by general economic, business and other conditions around the world, in particular in the U.S and China. We may be unable to adjust our spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected shortfall in sales and operating results. If actual results differ from our estimates, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely impacted.  

If we are unable to manage our inventory effectively, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

To ensure timely delivery of products, we generally issue purchase orders to contract manufacturers. As a result, we are vulnerable to demand and pricing shifts and to suboptimal selection and timing of product purchases. In the past, we have not always predicted the appropriate demand for our products by consumers with accuracy, which has resulted in inventory shortages, excess inventory write offs and lower gross margins. We rely on our procurement team to order products and we rely on our data analytics to decide on the levels and timing of inventory we purchase, including when to reorder items that are selling well and when to write off items that are not selling well. We rely on our contract manufacturers who are often responsible for conducting a number of traditional operations with respect to their respective products, including maintaining raw materials and inventory for shipment to us. In these instances, we may be unable to ensure that these suppliers will continue to perform these services to our satisfaction in a manner that provides our customer with an appropriate brand experience or on commercially reasonable terms. If so, our business, reputation and brands could suffer. If our sales and procurement teams do not accurately predict demand or if our algorithms do not help us reorder the right products or write off the right products timely, we may not effectively manage our inventory, which could result in inventory excess or shortages, and our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Given the uncertainty of the Covid-19 pandemic, we may expect to experience inventory shortages and our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

12


 

We may not be able to manage our growth effectively, and our failure to do so may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition, business, and culture.

We have rapidly and significantly expanded our operations and anticipate expanding further as we pursue our growth strategies. Such expansion increases the complexity of our business and places a significant strain on our management, operations, technical systems, financial resources and internal control over financial reporting functions. Our current and planned personnel, systems, procedures and controls may not be adequate to support and effectively manage our future operations, especially as we employ personnel in several geographic locations. We are currently in the process of transitioning certain of our business and financial systems to systems on a scale reflecting the increased size, scope and complexity of our operations, and the process of migrating our legacy systems could disrupt our ability to timely and accurately process and report information, which could adversely affect our results of operations and cause harm to our reputation. As a result, we may not be able to manage our expansion effectively.

We have previously identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. Such material weaknesses may cause us to fail to timely and accurately report our financial results or result in a material misstatement of our financial statements.

As previously reported and continuing as of December 31, 2019, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified control deficiencies in the design and operation of our internal control over financial reporting that constituted in material weaknesses. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

We have identified material weaknesses set forth below in our internal control over financial reporting:

 

We did not maintain effective monitoring controls over user access within the information technology (“IT”) systems and program change-management over certain IT systems that support our financial reporting processes;

 

 

We lacked proper review controls over account reconciliations and journal entries.  Further due to the limited size of the accounting and finance department there is a lack of segregation of duties that existed in regard to posting journal entries;  

 

 

We did not have effective controls to ensure there was comprehensive analysis, documentation, and review over the recognition of stock-based compensation expense; and

 

 

We did not have effective review controls over consideration of the relevant accounting and disclosure guidance.

We cannot assure you that the steps we are taking will be sufficient to remediate our material weaknesses or prevent future material weaknesses or significant deficiencies from occurring.

If we identify future material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting or fail to meet the demands that will be placed upon us as a public company, including the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), we may be unable to accurately report our financial results or report them within the timeframes required by law or stock exchange regulations. Failure to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could also potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or other regulatory authorities. If additional material weaknesses exist or are discovered in the future, and we are unable to remediate any such material weakness, our reputation, financial condition and operating results could suffer.

Our business, including our costs and supply chain, is subject to risks associated with sourcing, manufacturing, importing and warehousing.

We currently source all of the products we offer from third-party vendors and, as a result, we may be subject to price fluctuations or supply disruptions. Our operating results would be negatively impacted by increases in the prices of our products, and we have no guarantees that prices will not rise. In addition, as we expand into new categories and product types, we expect that we may not have strong purchasing power in these news areas, which could lead to higher costs than we have historically seen in our current categories. We may not be able to pass increased costs on to customers, which could adversely affect our operating results. Moreover, in the event of a significant disruption in the supply of raw materials used in the manufacture of our products, the vendors that we work with might not be able to locate alternative suppliers of materials of comparable quality at an acceptable price. For example, natural disasters, or pandemics, have in the past increased raw material costs, impacting pricing with certain of our vendors, and caused shipping delays for certain of our products. Further capacity fluctuations driven by various factors such as seasonality, tariffs, hedging or other factors can cause importing delays, which can lead to volatility in ocean freight rates and availability, causing us to incur additional expense and adversely affecting our operating results. In addition, our third-party warehouse providers may not have sufficient capacity to store our goods or may seek to increase our pricing rates. Any delays, interruption, damage to or increased costs in the manufacture of

13


 

the product we offer could result in higher prices to acquire the product or non-delivery of product altogether and could adversely affect our operating results.

In addition, we cannot guarantee that product we receive from vendors will be of sufficient quality or free from damage or defects, or that such merchandise will not be damaged during shipping or storage. While we take measures to ensure product quality and avoid damage, including evaluating vendor facilities, operations and product samples, conducting inventory inspections and inspecting returned product, we cannot control merchandise while it is out of our possession or prevent all damage while in our distribution centers. We may incur additional expenses and our reputation could be harmed if clients and potential clients believe that our merchandise is not of high quality or may be damaged.

Risks associated with the suppliers from whom our products are sourced could materially adversely affect our financial performance as well as our reputation and brand.

We depend on our ability to provide our customers with a wide range of products from qualified suppliers in a timely and efficient manner. Our agreements with most of our suppliers do not provide for the long-term availability of merchandise or the continuation of particular pricing practices, nor do they usually restrict such suppliers from selling products to other buyers or directly to consumers  themselves. There can be no assurance that our current suppliers will continue to seek to sell us products on current terms or that we will be able to establish new or otherwise extend current supply relationships to ensure product acquisitions in a timely and efficient manner and on acceptable commercial terms. For example, in 2019 we switched manufacturers for two of our products. Our ability to develop and maintain relationships with reputable suppliers and offer high quality products to our customers is critical to our success. If we are unable to develop and maintain relationships with suppliers that would allow us to offer a sufficient amount and variety of quality products on acceptable commercial terms, our ability to satisfy our customers’ needs, and therefore our growth prospects and financial performance, would be materially adversely affected.

We also are unable to predict whether any of the countries in which our suppliers’ products are currently manufactured or may be manufactured in the future will be subject to trade restrictions imposed by the U.S. or foreign governments or the likelihood, type or effect of any such restrictions. Any event causing a disruption or delay of imports from suppliers with international manufacturing operations, including the imposition of additional import restrictions, restrictions on the transfer of funds or increased tariffs or quotas, could increase the cost or reduce the supply of merchandise available to our customers and materially adversely affect our financial performance as well as our reputation and brand. For example, a significant number of our products are subject to import tariffs from China of 25%, and the remainder of our products, including our dehumidifier line of products, may be subject to tariffs if the previously announced and subsequently postponed, increases are enacted in the future. Our competitors may have greater existing inventory positions and other advantages that may allow them to price more competitively relative to our products. In addition, we may not be able to shift production for our products to other countries not subject to tariffs or other disruptions or be able to obtain competitive pricing and sufficient quality. Furthermore, some or all of our suppliers’ foreign operations may be adversely affected by political and financial instability, resulting in the disruption of trade from exporting countries, restrictions on the transfer of funds or other trade disruptions.

Shipping is a critical part of our business and any changes in our shipping arrangements or any interruptions in shipping could adversely affect our operating results.

We currently rely on three major vendors for our shipping. If we are not able to negotiate acceptable pricing and other terms with these entities or they experience performance problems or other difficulties, it could negatively impact our operating results and our customers’ experience. We are also subject to volatility in ocean freight rates that are driven, in part, by seasonality, capacity availability and other factors, including fuel-related regulations affecting the shipping industry. In addition, our ability to receive inbound inventory efficiently and ship merchandise to clients may be negatively affected by inclement weather, fire, flood, power loss, earthquakes, labor disputes, acts of war or terrorism, pandemics and similar factors. We are also subject to risks of damage or loss during delivery by our shipping vendors. If our products are not delivered in a timely fashion or are damaged or lost during the delivery process, our clients could become dissatisfied and cease using our products or services, which would adversely affect our business and operating results.

We are dependent on third-party manufacturers, which are located in China, and any inability to obtain products from any such manufacturers could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Substantially all of our products are manufactured by unaffiliated companies that are located in China. This concentration exposes us to risks associated with doing business globally, including: changing international political relations; labor availability and cost; changes in laws, including tax laws, regulations and treaties; changes in labor laws, regulations and policies; changes in customs duties, additional tariffs and other trade barriers; changes in shipping costs; currency exchange fluctuations; local political unrest; an extended and complex transportation cycle; the impact of changing economic conditions; and the availability and cost of raw materials and merchandise. The political, legal and cultural environment in China is rapidly evolving, and any change that impairs our ability to obtain products from manufacturers in that region, or to obtain products at marketable rates, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. We rely on one large manufacturer for the manufacturing of several of our

14


 

products, including our dehumidifiers. If we were no longer able to maintain that relationship for any reason, we may not be able to timely find another manufacturer, or another manufacturer that provides the same quality, which would negatively affect our business, sales and results of operations.

We rely on AIMEE and other information technologies and systems to operate our business and to maintain our competitiveness, and any failure to invest in and adapt to technological developments and industry trends could harm our business.

We depend on the use of our proprietary technology platform named AIMEE and other sophisticated information technologies and systems, including technology and systems used for websites and apps, customer service, logistics and fulfillment, supplier connectivity, communications and administration. As our operations grow in size, scope and complexity, we will need to continuously improve and upgrade our systems and infrastructure to offer an increasing number of consumer-enhanced services, features and functionalities, while maintaining and improving the reliability and integrity of our systems and infrastructure.

Our future success also depends on our ability to adapt AIMEE, our services and infrastructure, including our research, sales and marketing, and logistics and fulfillment platform which leverages AIMEE, to meet rapidly evolving e-commerce trends and demands while continuing to improve our software’s performance, features and reliability. The emergence of alternative platforms may require us to continue to invest in new and costly technology. We may not be successful, or we may be less successful than our competitors, in developing technologies that operate effectively across multiple e-commerce platforms, which would negatively impact our business and financial performance. New developments in other areas, such as cloud computing providers, could also make it easier for competitors to enter our markets due to lower up-front technology costs. In addition, we may not be able to maintain our existing systems or replace our current systems or introduce new technologies and systems as quickly or cost effectively as we would like. Failure to invest in and adapt to technological developments and industry trends may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We rely on data provided by third parties, the loss of which could limit the functionality of our platforms, cause us to invest in the wrong product or disrupt our business.

We use AIMEE, our proprietary software, to determine market trends and what markets to enter into. Our ability to successfully use AIMEE depends on our ability to analyze and utilize data, including search engine results, provided by unaffiliated third parties, primarily, Google and Amazon. Some of this data is provided to us pursuant to third-party data sharing policies and terms of use, under data sharing agreements by third-party providers or by customer consent. The majority of this data is sourced for free or for de minimis amounts. AIMEE sources significant amounts of data through application program interfaces (“APIs”) or through other standard data upload/downloads methods. This source of data allows us, leveraging AIMEE, to determine trends, performance and consumer sentiment on products and searches within e-commerce platforms. This functionality allows us to help determine which products to market, manufacture through contract manufacturers, import and sell on e-commerce marketplaces. The connection to multiple e-commerce platforms through APIs allows us to develop the automation of the purchase of marketing and to automate pricing changes on product listings on those e-commerce platforms.

In the future, any of these third parties could change its data sharing policies, including making them more restrictive, charging fees or altering its algorithms that determine the placement, display and accessibility of search results and social media updates, any of which could result in the loss of, or significant impairment to, our ability to collect useful data. These third parties could also interpret our, or our service providers’, data collection policies or practices as being inconsistent with their policies, which could result in the loss of our ability to collect this data. Privacy concerns may cause end users to resist providing the personal data necessary to allow our proprietary software to determine market trends as well as our ability to effectively retain existing customers. Privacy advocacy groups and the technology and other industries are considering various new, additional or different self-regulatory standards that may place additional burdens on us. Any such changes could impair our ability to use data and could adversely impact select functionality of our proprietary software, impairing the ability to use this data to anticipate customer demand and market trends, as well as adversely affecting our business and our ability to generate revenue.

If we fail to keep up with rapid technological changes, or to further develop AIMEE, our future success may be adversely affected.

A.I. and machine learning technologies are subject to rapid changes and our technology is yet to be fully automated. Our future success will depend on our ability to respond to rapidly changing technologies, to adapt and further develop AIMEE’s functionality or our services to our evolving industry and to improve the performance and reliability of our systems. Our failure to adapt to such changes could harm our business. In addition, the widespread adoption of new internet, networking or telecommunications technologies or other technological changes could require substantial expenditures to modify or adapt our products, services or infrastructure. If we fail to keep up with rapid technological changes to remain competitive in our rapidly evolving industry, our future success may be adversely affected. We expect to incur significant costs in the development of AIMEE’s functionality, and any failure to achieve our expected performance goals could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

15


 

Our business depends on our ability to build and maintain strong product listings on e-commerce platforms. We may not be able to maintain and enhance our product listings if we receive unfavorable customer complaints, negative publicity or otherwise fail to live up to consumers’ expectations, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and growth prospects.

Maintaining and enhancing our product listings is critical in expanding and growing our business. However, a significant portion of our perceived performance to the customer depends on third parties outside of our control, including suppliers and logistics providers such as FedEx, UPS, the U.S. Postal Service and other third-party delivery agents as well as online retailers such as Amazon and Walmart. Because our agreements with our online retail partners are generally terminable at will, we may be unable to maintain these relationships, and our results of operations could fluctuate significantly from period to period. Because we rely on third parties to deliver our products, we are subject to shipping delays or disruptions caused by inclement weather, natural disasters, labor activism, health epidemics or bioterrorism. We may also experience shipping delays or disruptions due to other carrier-related issues relating to their own internal operational capabilities, as we and other consumer product companies experienced during the fourth quarter of 2019 when Amazon placed limitations on the ability to use certain Fed Ex services.  In addition, because we rely on national, regional and local transportation companies for the delivery of some of our other products, we are also subject to risks of breakage or other damage during delivery by any of these third parties. If these third parties do not meet our or our customers’ expectations, our brands may suffer irreparable damage. In addition, maintaining and enhancing these brands may require us to make substantial investments, and these investments may not be successful. If we fail to promote and maintain our brands, or if we incur excessive expenses in this effort, our business, operating results and financial condition may be materially adversely affected. We anticipate that, as our market becomes increasingly competitive, maintaining and enhancing our brands may become increasingly difficult and expensive. Maintaining and enhancing our brands will depend largely on our ability to anticipate market trends and customer demand and to provide high quality products to our customers and a reliable, trustworthy and profitable sales channel to our suppliers, which we may not be able to do successfully.

Customer complaints or negative publicity about our sites, products, delivery times, customer data handling and security practices,  customer support or marketing strategies, even if not accurate, especially on blogs, social media websites and our sites, could rapidly and severely diminish consumer view of our product listings and result in harm to our brands. From time to time, incumbent competitors that we disrupt on the Amazon marketplace allege or may allege that we have engaged in unfair business practices, and though we believe such claims are without merit, time, resources or other actions we may take to defend against such claims may have an impact on our financial results and financial condition. Customers may also make safety-related claims regarding products sold through our online retail partners, such as Amazon, which may result in an online retail partner removing the product from its marketplace. We have from time to time experienced such removals and such removals may materially impact our financial results depending on the product that is removed and length of time that it is removed. We also use and rely on other services from third parties, such as our telecommunications services, and those services may be subject to outages and interruptions that are not within our control.

Our efforts to acquire or retain consumers, and our efforts to sell new products or increase sales of our existing products, may not be successful, which could prevent us from maintaining or increasing our sales or improving our financial results or condition.

If we do not successfully promote and sustain our new and/or existing product listings and brands through marketing and other tools, we may fail to maintain or increase our sales. Promoting and positioning our brands and product listings will depend largely on the success of our marketing efforts, including any limitations on our marketing efforts by marketplaces or regulators, our ability to attract consumers cost effectively and our ability to consistently provide a high-quality product and maintain consumer satisfaction. In order to grow our business and to acquire and retain consumers, we have incurred and will continue to incur substantial expenses related to advertising and other marketing efforts. We also use promotions to drive sales, which may not be effective and may adversely affect our gross margins. In addition, while we believe are marketing strategies comply with relevant terms of service and laws relating to marketing, we can provide no assurance that we will be able to continue our practices in the event a marketplace or regulator determines otherwise. Our investments in marketing may not effectively reach potential consumers, potential consumers may decide not to buy our products or the spending of consumers that purchase from us may not yield the intended return on investment, any of which could negatively affect our financial results. The failure of our marketing activities could also adversely affect our ability to promote our product listings and sell our products, and to develop and maintain relationships with our consumers, retailers and brands, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

16


 

If we fail to acquire new customers or retain existing customers, or fail to do so in a cost-effective manner, we may not be able to achieve profitability.

Our success depends on our ability to acquire and retain customers in a cost-effective manner. In order to expand our customer base, we must appeal to and acquire customers who have historically used other channels to purchase the wide variety of products we offer and may prefer alternatives to our offerings, such as those offered by other vendors on Amazon and Walmart, traditional brick-and-mortar retailers, and the websites of our competitors or our suppliers’ own websites. We expect competition in e-commerce generally to continue to increase. Competitors have introduced lower cost or differentiated products that are perceived to compete with our products. In addition, certain competitors engage in so-called “black hat” tactics that violate marketplace terms of service and FTC regulations. Such activities in general could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Black hat activities typically include tactics that are used to unfairly influence the ranking or review score of a product being sold on an online marketplace. These tactics include, among other things, the usage of click farms, fake buyer accounts, software bots pretending to buy products, and compensating consumers specifically in exchange for providing a positive product review. Other tactics include attacks on competitor listings intended to have the listing removed or lower the review score of a product listing generally such as by providing false negative reviews.

Further, if we are unable to correctly anticipate market trends and customer demand, our ability to sell our products could be impaired. We have made investments related to customer acquisition and expect to continue to spend significant amounts to acquire additional customers. Our paid advertising efforts consist primarily of online channels, including search engine marketing, display advertising and paid social media. These efforts are expensive and may not result in the cost-effective acquisition of customers. We cannot assure you that the net profit from new customers we acquire will ultimately exceed the cost of acquiring those customers. If we fail to deliver quality products, or if consumers do not perceive the products we offer to be of high value and quality, we may not be able to acquire new customers. If we are unable to acquire new customers who purchase products in numbers sufficient to grow our business, we may not be able to generate the scale necessary to drive beneficial network effects with our suppliers, our net revenue may decrease and our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

We believe new customers can originate from word-of-mouth and other non-paid referrals from existing customers. Therefore, we must ensure that our existing customers remain loyal to us in order to continue receiving those referrals. If our efforts to satisfy our existing customers are not successful, we may not be able to acquire new customers in sufficient numbers to continue to grow our business, or we may be required to incur significantly higher marketing expenses in order to acquire new customers. For example, since 2016, Amazon has maintained a policy whereby they will purge all reviews they believe are paid for or are fake reviews. We do remind customers to leave a review post purchase, through Amazon’s dedicated review request mechanisms and through our chatbot customer service follow up conversations. However, we do not compensate customers specifically in exchange for leaving a review.  We have from time to time had reviews removed by Amazon because Amazon’s software algorithms believed they were questionable or not authentic. We have also experienced from time to time, Amazon reinstating customer reviews that it had previously removed. If Amazon continues to purge reviews or if we are unable to maintain our positive reviews, it may adversely affect our ability to acquire new customers.  In addition, we believe that Amazon has, from time to time, placed limitations on the daily volume of reviews that may be provided for any specific product listing. This limitation or others relating to customer engagement with our product listings could impact the success of our product listings, which could adversely impact our financial performance.

Significant merchandise returns could harm our business.

We allow our customers to return products, subject to our return policy. If merchandise returns are significant, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed. Further, we modify our policies relating to returns from time to time, which may result in customer dissatisfaction or an increase in the number of product returns. From time to time our products are damaged in transit, which can increase return rates and harm our brand. Our refund liability for sales returns was $0.3 million, and $0.5 million as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, respectively, which is included in accrued liabilities and represents the expected value of refunds that may be due to our customers. If we experience significant product returns, we would incur significant expenses and our results of operation and financial condition would be adversely affected.

Our efforts to expand our business into new brands, products, services, technologies, and geographic regions will subject us to additional business, legal, financial and competitive risks and may not be successful.

Our business success depends to some extent on our ability to expand our customer offerings by launching new brands, products and services and by expanding our existing offerings into new geographies. Our strategy is to use our proprietary software to determine which markets to enter and optimize the mix of products that we offer.  Further, we are considering launching products that are outside the current core of home and kitchen appliances and kitchenware, beauty-related products and consumer electronics. Launching new brands, products and services requires significant upfront investments, including investments in marketing, information technology and additional personnel. We operate in highly competitive industries with relatively low barriers to entry and must compete successfully in order to grow our business. We may not be able to generate satisfactory revenue from these efforts to offset these costs. Any lack of market acceptance of our efforts to launch new brands, products and services or to expand our existing offerings could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Further, as we continue to expand our fulfillment capability or add new businesses with different requirements, our logistics networks will become increasingly

17


 

complex and operating them will become more challenging. There can be no assurance that we will be able to operate our networks effectively. We have also entered and may continue to enter new markets and provide product offerings in which we have limited or no experience, which may not be successful or appealing to our customers. In addition, we may face difficulties in integrating AIMEE into a SaaS client’s supply chain, which would reduce the ability of our managed SaaS business to generate revenues.

The consumer product goods (“CPG”) industry is subject to evolving standards and practices, as well as changing customer needs, requirements and preferences. Our ability to attract new customers and increase revenue from existing customers depends, in part, on our ability to enhance and improve our existing features, pinpoint new markets and introduce new products. We expend significant resources on research and development to develop new products in order to meet our customers’ rapidly evolving demands. The success of any enhancements or new features depends on several factors, including timely completion, adequate quality testing, actual performance quality, market-accepted pricing levels and overall market acceptance. We may not be successful in these efforts, which could result in significant expenditures that could impact our revenue or distract management’s attention from current offerings.

Increased emphasis on the sale of new products could distract us from sales of our existing products in existing markets, negatively affecting our overall sales. We have invested and expect to continue to invest in new businesses, products, features, services and technologies. Such endeavors may involve significant risks and uncertainties, including insufficient revenue from such investments to offset any new liabilities assumed and expenses associated with these new investments, inadequate return of capital on our investments, distraction of management from current operations and unidentified issues not discovered in our due diligence of such strategies and offerings that could cause us to fail to realize the anticipated benefits of such investments and incur unanticipated liabilities. Because these new strategies and offerings are inherently risky, no assurance can be given that they will be successful. Our new features or enhancements could fail to attain sufficient market acceptance for many reasons, including:

 

delays in introducing products including in new markets;

 

failure to accurately predict market demand or end consumer preferences;

 

defects, errors or failures in our manufacturing;

 

introduction of competing products;

 

poor financial conditions for our customers or poor general macroeconomic conditions;

 

changes in legal or regulatory requirements, or increased legal or regulatory scrutiny, adversely affecting our products;

 

failure of our brand promotion activities or negative publicity about the performance or effectiveness of our existing features; and

 

disruptions or delays in the online retailers and, or in addition to, logistics providers distributing our products.

There is no assurance that we will successfully identify new opportunities or develop and bring new products to market on a timely basis, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results and compromise our ability to generate revenue.

Expansion of our operations internationally will require management attention and resources, involves additional risks and may be unsuccessful.

We have limited experience with operating internationally or selling our merchandise outside of the United States, and if we choose to expand internationally, we would need to adapt to different local cultures, standards and policies. The business model and technology we employ and the merchandise we currently offer may not be successful with consumers outside of the United States. Furthermore, to succeed with consumers and clients in international locations, it will likely be necessary to locate fulfillment centers in foreign markets and hire local employees in those international centers, and we may have to invest in these facilities and personnel before proving we can successfully run foreign operations. We may not be successful in expanding into international markets or in generating revenue from foreign operations for a variety of reasons, including:

 

localization of our merchandise offerings and technology, including translation into foreign languages and adaptation for local practices;

 

availability of data, including at reasonable costs;

 

different consumer demand dynamics, which may make our business model, technology and the merchandise we offer less successful compared to the United States;

 

competition from local incumbents that understand the local market and may operate more effectively;

 

regulatory requirements, taxes, trade laws, trade sanctions and economic embargoes, tariffs, import and export quotas, custom duties or other trade restrictions or any unexpected changes thereto;

18


 

 

laws and regulations regarding anti-bribery and anti-corruption compliance;

 

differing labor regulations where labor laws may be more advantageous to employees as compared to the United States and increased labor costs;

 

more stringent regulations relating to privacy and data security and access to, or use of, commercial and personal information;

 

changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions, including changes to or limits on access to internet connectivity; and

 

risks resulting from changes in currency exchange rates.

If we invest substantial time and resources to establish and expand our operations internationally and are unable to do so successfully and in a timely manner, our operating results would suffer.

Use of social media and emails may adversely impact our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties.

We use social media and emails as part of our omnichannel approach to marketing. As laws and regulations rapidly evolve to govern the use of these channels, the failure by us, our employees or third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable terms of services, laws and regulations in the use of these channels could adversely affect our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties. In addition, our employees or third parties acting at our direction may knowingly or inadvertently make use of social media in ways that could lead to the loss or infringement of intellectual property, as well as the public disclosure of proprietary, confidential or sensitive personal information of our business, employees, consumers or others. Any such inappropriate use of social media and emails could also cause reputational damage.

Consumers value readily available information concerning retailers and their goods and services and often act on such information without further investigation and without regard to its accuracy. Our consumers may engage with us online through our social media platforms, including Facebook and Instagram, by providing feedback and public commentary about all aspects of our business. Information concerning us or our retailers and brands, whether accurate or not, may be posted on social media platforms at any time and may have a disproportionately adverse impact on our brand, reputation or business. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We depend on highly skilled personnel, including senior management and our technology professionals, and if we are unable to retain or motivate key personnel or hire, retain and motivate qualified personnel, our business could be harmed.

We believe our success has depended, and our future success depends, on the efforts and talents of our senior management and our highly skilled team members, including our software engineers, data scientists and technology professionals. Our future success depends on our continuing ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified and skilled employees. The loss of one or more of our key personnel or the inability to promptly identify a suitable successor to a key role could have an adverse effect on our business. In particular, our Founder and Chief Executive Officer has unique and valuable experience leading our Company from our inception through today. If he were to depart or otherwise reduce his focus on our Company, our business may be disrupted. We do not currently maintain key-person life insurance policies on any member of our senior management team and other key employees, except for our Founder and Chief Executive Officer.

Competition for key personnel is strong, especially in the New York, New York area where our headquarters are located, and we cannot be sure that we will be able to attract and retain a sufficient number of qualified personnel in the future, or that the compensation costs of doing so will not adversely affect our operating results. Similarly, competition for well-qualified employees in all aspects of our business, including software engineers and other technology professionals, is intense globally. We do not have long-term employment or non-competition agreements with any of our personnel. Our continued ability to compete effectively depends on our ability to attract new employees and to retain and motivate existing employees. In particular, our software engineers and technology professionals are key to designing, maintaining and improving code and algorithms necessary to our business. If we do not succeed in attracting well-qualified employees or retaining and motivating existing employees and key senior management with the appropriate skills at cost-effective compensation levels, or if changes to our business adversely affect morale or retention, our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects may be adversely affected.

In addition, in making employment decisions, particularly in the software industry, job candidates often consider the value of the stock options or other equity incentives they are to receive in connection with their employment. Their perceptions of the value of our stock or its volatility may impact adversely our ability to attract or retain key employees. Also, as employee options vest and lock-ups expire, we may have difficulty retaining key employees, in particular if the value of vested awards does not meet their expectations.

19


 

Currently, the strike price for a substantial amount of option awards provided under the 2018 Equity Plan are significantly under water and we may determine it is appropriate to execute an option exchange program to ensure incentivization and retention.  If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our growth prospects could be severely harmed.

Our operating results are subject to seasonal and quarterly variations in our net revenue and operating income and, as a result, our quarterly results may fluctuate and could be below expectations.

Our business can be seasonal based on our product mix and may become more seasonal depending on our product mix; specifically, we have realized a disproportionate amount of our net revenue and earnings for prior fiscal years during warmer weather and summer seasons, and we expect this seasonal impact on our operations to continue in the future. If we experience lower than expected net revenue these periods, it may have a disproportionately large impact on our operating results and financial condition for that year. Any factors that harm our quarter operating results during these periods, including disruptions in our brands or our supply chains or unfavorable economic conditions, could have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations and our financial condition for our entire fiscal year.

In anticipation of increased sales activity during the third and fourth quarter, we may incur significant additional expenses, including additional marketing and additional staffing in our customer support operations. In addition, we may experience an increase in our net shipping costs due to complimentary upgrades, split-shipments and additional long-zone shipments necessary to ensure timely delivery for the holiday season. At peak periods, there could also be further delays in processing orders, which could leave us unable to fulfill consumer orders due to being out of inventory which could lead to lower consumer satisfaction and lost sales. In the future, our seasonal sales patterns may become more pronounced, may strain our personnel and production activities and may cause a shortfall in net revenue as compared with expenses in a given period, which could substantially harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Our quarterly results of operations may also fluctuate significantly as a result of a variety of other factors, including those described above. As a result, historical period-to-period comparisons of our sales and operating results are not necessarily indicative of future period-to-period results. You should not rely on the results of any single fiscal quarter as an indication of our annual results or our future performance.

The terms of our revolving credit facility and term loan contain restrictive covenants that may limit our operating flexibility.

On November 23, 2018, we entered into an Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement with MidCap, as amended, pursuant to which we received access to a $25.0 million revolving credit facility. On December 31, 2018, we entered into a Venture Loan and Security Agreement with Horizon Technology Finance Corporation (“Horizon Loan Agreement”) pursuant to which we received term loans in an aggregate amount of $15.0 million. Both of these credit facilities contain affirmative and restrictive covenants that limit our operating ability including to, among other things, transfer or dispose of assets, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, modify organizational documents, pay dividends, incur additional indebtedness and liens and enter into new businesses.  We therefore may not be able to engage in any of the foregoing transactions unless we obtain the consent of our lenders.  In addition, both credit facilities are secured by all of our assets and require us to satisfy certain covenants, including maintaining a $5.0 million minimum cash balance. There is no guarantee that we will be able to meet our  covenants or pay the principal and interest on any such debt. Furthermore, there is no guarantee that future working capital, borrowings or equity financing will be available to repay or refinance any such debt. Any inability to make scheduled payments, meet the financial or other covenants in our credit facilities or to refinance them would adversely affect our business.  Further, at any time, if we violate the terms of credit facilities or otherwise fail to meet our covenants, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the lenders under satisfactory terms, if at all, which would limit our operating flexibility and/or liquidity and which would have an adverse effect on our business and prospects.

General economic factors may adversely affect our business, financial performance and results of operations.

Our business, financial performance and results of operations depend significantly on worldwide macroeconomic conditions and their impact on consumer spending. Recessionary economic cycles, higher interest rates, volatile fuel and energy costs, inflation, levels of unemployment, conditions in the residential real estate and mortgage markets, access to credit, consumer debt levels, unsettled financial markets and other economic factors that may affect consumer spending or buying habits could materially and adversely affect demand for our products. In addition, volatility in the financial markets has had and may continue to have a negative impact on consumer spending patterns. A reduction in consumer spending or disposable income may affect us more significantly than companies in other industries and companies with a more diversified product offering. In addition, negative national or global economic conditions may materially and adversely affect our suppliers’ financial performance, liquidity and access to capital. This may affect their ability to maintain their inventories, production levels and/or product quality and could cause them to raise prices, lower production levels or cease their operations.

20


 

Economic factors such as increased commodity prices, shipping costs, inflation, higher costs of labor, insurance and healthcare, and changes in or interpretations of other laws, regulations and taxes may also increase our cost of goods sold and our selling, general and administrative expenses, and otherwise adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Any significant increases in costs may affect our business disproportionately than our competitors. Changes in trade policies or increases in tariffs, including those enacted by the United States and China, may have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets and may reduce international trade.

Natural disasters or other unexpected events may adversely affect our operations, particularly our supply chain and shipping efforts.

Natural disasters, such as earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes, floods and other adverse weather and climate conditions; unforeseen public health crises, such as pandemics and epidemics; political crises, such as terrorist attacks, war and other political instability; or other catastrophic events, whether occurring in the United States or internationally, could disrupt our operations in any of our offices and fulfillment centers or the operations of one or more of our third-party providers or vendors. In particular, these types of events could impact our supply chain, including our ability to ship merchandise to clients from or to the impacted region, and could impact our ability or the ability of third parties to operate our sites and ship merchandise. For example, we receive and warehouse a portion of our inventory in California. If any such disaster were to impact this facility, our operations would be disrupted. In addition, these types of events could negatively impact consumer spending in the impacted regions. To the extent any of these events occur, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and adversely affect our operating results.

On September 10, 2019, we completed the acquisition of the assets of a personal wellness company (the “Aussie Health Assets”). We may in the future seek to acquire or invest in businesses, features or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our market, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated. In addition, to the extent that we enter into any term sheets or otherwise announce any intention to acquire any additional businesses, features or technologies, any such acquisition would generally be subject to completion of due diligence and required approvals, and would require additional financing, and there can be no assurance that any such acquisition will occur or be completed in a timely manner, or at all.

If we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations, existing contracts and technologies successfully or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the Aussie Health Assets or any other acquired business due to a number of factors, including:

 

failure to identify all of the problems, liabilities or other shortcomings or challenges of an acquired company or technology, including issues related to intellectual property, regulatory compliance practices, product quality and safety, revenue recognition or other accounting practices, or employee or client issues;

 

difficulty incorporating acquired technology and rights into our proprietary software and of maintaining quality and security standards consistent with our brands;

 

inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset acquisition or investment costs;

 

incurrence of acquisition-related costs or equity dilution associated with funding the acquisition;

 

difficulties and additional expenses associated with supporting legacy products and hosting infrastructure of the acquired business;

 

risks of entering new markets or new product categories in which we have limited or no experience;

 

difficulty converting the customers of the acquired business into our customers;

 

diversion of our management’s attention from other business concerns;

 

adverse effects to our existing business relationships as a result of the acquisition;

 

potential loss of key employees, clients, vendors and suppliers from either our current business or an acquired company’s business;

 

use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business;

 

possible write offs or impairment charges relating to acquired businesses;

21


 

 

compliance with regulatory matters covering the products of the acquired business; and

 

use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition.

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results based on this impairment assessment process, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our operating results. If an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our business, operating results and financial condition may suffer.

If our emails are not delivered and accepted or are routed by email providers less favorably than other emails, or our sites or mobile applications are not accessible or are treated disadvantageously by Internet service providers, our business may be substantially harmed.

If email providers or Internet service providers (“ISPs”) implement new or more restrictive email or content delivery or accessibility policies, including with respect to net neutrality, it may become more difficult to deliver emails to our customers or for customers to access our site, products and services. For example, certain email providers, including Google, categorize our emails as “promotional”, and these emails are directed to an alternate, and less readily accessible, section of a customer’s inbox. If email providers materially limit or halt the delivery of our emails, or if we fail to deliver emails to customers in a manner compatible with email providers’ email handling or authentication technologies, our ability to contact customers through email could be significantly restricted. In addition, if we are placed on “spam” lists or lists of entities that have been involved in sending unwanted, unsolicited emails, our operating results and financial condition could be substantially harmed. Further, if ISPs prioritize or provide superior access to our competitors’ content, our business and results of operations may be negatively impacted.

We are subject to risks related to online payment methods.

We accept payments using a variety of methods, including credit card, debit card, PayPal, credit accounts (including promotional financing) and gift cards. For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time and raise our operating costs and lower profitability. In addition, our credit card and other payment processors could impose receivable holdback or reserve requirements in the future. We rely on third parties to provide payment processing services, including the processing of credit cards and debit cards, and it could disrupt our business if these companies become unwilling or unable to provide these services to us. We are also subject to payment card association operating rules, certification requirements and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. If we fail to comply with the rules or requirements of any provider of a payment method we accept, if the volume of fraud in our transactions limits or terminates our rights to use payment methods we currently accept, or if a data breach occurs relating to our payment systems, we may, among other things, be subject to fines or higher transaction fees and may lose, or face restrictions placed upon, our ability to accept credit card and debit card payments from consumers or to facilitate other types of online payments. If any of these events were to occur, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

Our use of open source software may pose particular risks to our proprietary software and systems.

We use open source software in our proprietary software, AIMEE, and other of our sophisticated information technologies and systems, and will use open source software in the future. We may use open source software that may require that source code that is developed using open source software be made available to the public and that any modifications or derivative works to certain open source software continue to be licensed under open source licenses. From time to time, we may face claims from third parties claiming infringement. These claims could result in litigation and could require us to purchase a costly license, publicly release the affected portions of our source code, be limited in or cease using the implicated software unless and until we can re-engineer such software to avoid infringement or change the use of the implicated open source software. In addition to risks related to license requirements, use of certain open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties, indemnities or other contractual protections with respect to the software (for example, non-infringement or functionality). Our use of open source software may also present additional security risks because the source code for open source software is publicly available, which may make it easier for hackers and other third parties to determine how to breach our sites and systems that rely on open source software. Any of these risks could be difficult to eliminate or manage, and, if not addressed, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

22


 

Assertions by third parties of infringement or misappropriation by us of their intellectual property rights or confidential know how could result in significant costs and substantially harm our business and results of operations.

Third parties have asserted, and may in the future assert, that we have infringed or misappropriated their trademarks, copyrights, confidential know how, trade secrets, patents or other intellectual property rights. We cannot predict whether any such assertions or claims arising from such assertions will substantially harm our business and results of operations, whether or not they are successful. If we are forced to defend against any infringement or other claims relating to the trademarks, copyright, confidential know how, trade secrets, patents or other intellectual property rights of third parties, whether they are with or without merit or are determined in our favor, we may face costly litigation or diversion of technical and management personnel. Furthermore, the outcome of a dispute may be that we would need to cease selling a product or use of some portion of our technology, develop non-infringing technology, pay damages, costs or monetary settlements or enter into royalty or licensing agreements. Royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may be unavailable on terms acceptable to us, or at all, and we may be unable to successfully develop non-infringing technology. In addition, Amazon and other marketplaces may remove a product listing if they determine, whether or not accurate, that we are infringing on the intellectual property of others. In the fourth quarter of 2019, Amazon removed one of our product listings in connection with an alleged patent infringement and we have entered into a license with a third party in order to sell the remaining inventory on hand of such product. Any such assertions or litigation could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

The e-commerce industry is characterized by vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights, which has resulted in protracted and expensive litigation for many companies. Some companies, including some of our competitors, own large numbers of patents, copyrights and trademarks, which they may use to assert claims against us. In addition, because patent applications can take years to issue and are often afforded confidentiality for some period of time, there may currently be pending applications, unknown to us, that later result in issued patents that could cover one or more of our technologies.

Certain third parties have substantially greater resources than we have and may be able to sustain the costs of intellectual property litigation for longer periods of time than we can. Even if we were to prevail in such a dispute, any litigation regarding our intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations.

We could incur substantial costs in protecting or defending our intellectual property rights, and any failure to protect our intellectual property could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our proprietary methods, trademarks, domain names, copyrights, patent, trade dress, trade secrets, proprietary technology and similar intellectual property, and we rely on trademark, copyright and patent law, trade secret protection, agreements and other methods with our employees and others to protect our proprietary rights. There can be no assurance that the particular forms of intellectual property protection that we seek, including business decisions about when to file trademark applications and patent applications, will be adequate to protect our business. We intend to continue to file and prosecute patent applications when appropriate to attempt to protect our rights in our proprietary technologies. However, there can be no assurance that our patent applications will be approved, that any patents issued will adequately protect our intellectual property, that the scope of the claims in our issued patents will be sufficient or have the coverage originally sought, that our issued patents will provide us with any competitive advantages, or that such patents will not be challenged by third parties or found by a judicial authority to be invalid or unenforceable.

23


 

We could be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, determine the validity and scope of our proprietary rights or those of others, or defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation may fail, and even if successful, could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to management and could result in a diversion of significant resources. Our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights or alleging that we infringe the counterclaimant’s own intellectual property. An adverse determination of any litigation or defense proceedings could put our intellectual property at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and could put our related pending patent applications at risk of not being issued. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential or sensitive information could be compromised by disclosure in the event of litigation. During the course of litigation, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

Any of our intellectual property rights could be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative processes or litigation. Furthermore, there can be no guarantee that others will not independently develop similar products, duplicate any of our products or design around our patents. Despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property rights and other proprietary rights.

We rely, in part, on confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, advisors, customers and others in our efforts to protect our proprietary technology, processes and methods.

These agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of our confidential information, and it may be possible for unauthorized parties to copy our software or other proprietary technology or information, or to develop similar software independently, without our having an adequate remedy for unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets and proprietary information, and in these cases, we would not be able to assert any trade secret rights against those parties. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could adversely affect our competitive business position.

The laws of some countries do not protect intellectual property and other proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States.

To the extent that we expand our international activities, our exposure to unauthorized copying, transfer and use of our proprietary technology or information may increase. For example, many foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against third parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, patents may provide limited or no benefit. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in such countries may be inadequate. In addition, changes in the law and legal decisions by courts in the United States and foreign countries may affect our ability to obtain adequate protection for our technology and the enforcement of intellectual property.

We cannot be certain that our means of protecting our intellectual property and proprietary rights will be adequate or that our competitors will not independently develop similar technology. If we fail to meaningfully protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

The inability to acquire, use or maintain our marks and domain names for our sites could substantially harm our business and operating results.

We currently are the registrant of marks for our brands in numerous jurisdictions and are the registrant of the Internet domain name for the websites of Mohawkgp.com, homelabs.com, vremi.com, xtava.com, rif6.com and our other sites, as well as various related domain names. However, we have not registered our marks or domain names in all major international jurisdictions. Domain names generally are regulated by Internet regulatory bodies. If we do not have, or cannot obtain on reasonable terms, the ability to use our marks in a particular country or to use or register our domain name, we could be forced either to incur significant additional expenses to market our products within that country, including the development of a new brand and the creation of new promotional materials and packaging, or to elect not to sell products in that country. Either result could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

24


 

Furthermore, the regulations governing domain names and laws protecting marks and similar proprietary rights could change in ways that block or interfere with our ability to use relevant domains or our current brands Also, we might not be able to prevent third parties from registering, using or retaining domain names that interfere with our consumer communications or infringe or otherwise decrease the value of our marks, domain names and other proprietary rights. Regulatory bodies also may establish additional generic or country-code top-level domains or may allow modifications of the requirements for registering, holding or using domain names. As a result, we might not be able to register, use or maintain the domain names that utilize the name Mohawk or our other brands in all of the countries in which we currently or intend to conduct business.

Any significant disruption in service on our websites or apps or in our computer systems, a number of which are currently hosted or provided by third-party providers, could materially affect our ability to operate, damage our reputation and result in a loss of consumers, which would harm our business and results of operations.

Our ability to sell and market our products relies on the performance and continued development of AIMEE. AIMEE’s functionality, including its continued development, relies upon a number of third-party related services, including those relating to cloud infrastructure, technology services, servers, open source libraries and vendor APIs. Any disruption or loss of any of these third-party services could have a negative effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. We may experience interruptions in our systems, including server failures that temporarily slow down or interfere with the performance of our platforms and the ability to sell on e-commerce marketplaces. Interruptions in these systems, whether due to system failures, human input errors, computer viruses or physical or electronic break-ins, and denial-of-service attacks on us, third-party vendors or communications infrastructure, could affect the availability of our services on our platform and prevent or inhibit the ability of selling our products. Volume of traffic and activity on e-commerce marketplaces spikes on certain days, such as during a Black Friday promotion, and any such interruption would be particularly problematic if it were to occur at such a high-volume time. Problems with the reliability of our systems or third-party marketplaces could prevent us from earning revenue and could harm our reputation. Damage to our reputation, any resulting loss of customers, e-commerce confidence and the cost of remedying these problems could negatively affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Our ability to maintain communications, network and computer hardware in the countries in which they are used may in the future be subject to regulatory review and licensing, and the failure to obtain any required licenses could negatively affect our business. Our systems and infrastructure are predominately reliant on third parties. Problems faced by our third-party service providers with the telecommunications network providers with whom they contract or with the systems by which they allocate capacity among their users, including us, could adversely affect the experience of our consumers. Our third-party service providers could decide to close their facilities without adequate notice. Any financial difficulties, such as bankruptcy or reorganization, faced by our third-party service providers or any of the service providers with whom they contract may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict. If our third-party service providers are unable to keep up with our needs for capacity, this could have an adverse effect on our business. Any errors, defects, disruptions or other performance problems with our services could harm our reputation and may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Our failure or the failure of third parties to protect our sites, networks and systems against security breaches, or otherwise to protect our confidential information, could damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and operating results.

We collect, maintain, transmit and store data about our consumers, brands and others, including credit card information and personally identifiable information, as well as other confidential information. We also engage third parties that store, process and transmit these types of information on our behalf. We rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties in an effort to securely transmit confidential and sensitive information, including credit card numbers. Advances in computer capabilities, new technological discoveries or other developments may result in the whole or partial failure of this technology to protect transaction data or other confidential and sensitive information from being breached or compromised. In addition, our brand’s e-commerce websites are often attacked through compromised credentials, including those obtained through phishing and credential stuffing. Our security measures, and those of our third-party service providers, may not detect or prevent all attempts to breach our systems, denial-of-service attacks, viruses, malicious software, break-ins, phishing attacks, social engineering, security breaches or other attacks and similar disruptions that may jeopardize the security of information stored in or transmitted by our websites, networks and systems or that we or such third parties otherwise maintain, including payment card systems, which may subject us to fines or higher transaction fees or limit or terminate our access to certain payment methods. We and such third parties may not anticipate or prevent all types of attacks until after they have already been launched. Further, techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or sabotage systems change frequently and may not be known until launched against us or our third-party service providers. In addition, security breaches can occur as a result of non-technical issues, including intentional or inadvertent breaches by our employees or by third parties. These risks may increase over time as the complexity and number of technical systems and applications we use also increases.

25


 

Breaches of our security measures or those of our third-party service providers or cyber security incidents could result in unauthorized access to our sites, networks, systems and accounts; unauthorized access to, and misappropriation of, consumer information, including consumers’ personally identifiable information, or other confidential or proprietary information of ourselves or third parties; viruses, worms, spyware or other malware being served from our sites, networks or systems; deletion or modification of content or the display of unauthorized content on our sites; interruption, disruption or malfunction of operations; costs relating to breach remediation, deployment of additional personnel and protection technologies, response to governmental investigations and media inquiries and coverage; engagement of third-party experts and consultants; or litigation, regulatory action and other potential liabilities. In the past, we have experienced social engineering, phishing, malware and similar attacks and threats of denial-of-service attacks; however, such attacks could in the future have a material adverse effect on our operations. If any of these breaches of security should occur, our reputation and brand could be damaged, our business may suffer, we could be required to expend significant capital and other resources to alleviate problems caused by such breaches, and we could be exposed to a risk of loss, litigation or regulatory action and possible liability. We cannot guarantee that recovery protocols and backup systems will be sufficient to prevent data loss. Actual or anticipated attacks may cause us to incur increasing costs, including costs to deploy additional personnel and protection technologies, train employees and engage third-party experts and consultants.

We may experience periodic system interruptions from time to time. In addition, continued growth in our transaction volume, as well as surges in online traffic and orders associated with promotional activities or seasonal trends in our business, place additional demands on our marketplace platforms and could cause or exacerbate slowdowns or interruptions. If there is a substantial increase in the volume of traffic on our sites or the number of orders placed by customers, we will be required to further expand and upgrade our technology, transaction processing systems and network infrastructure. There can be no assurances that we will be able to accurately project the rate or timing of increases, if any, in the use of our sites or expand and upgrade our systems and infrastructure to accommodate such increases on a timely basis. In order to remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the responsiveness, functionality and features of our sites, which is particularly challenging given the rapid rate at which new technologies, customer preferences and expectations and industry standards and practices are evolving in the e-commerce industry. Accordingly, we redesign and enhance various functions on our sites on a regular basis, and we may experience instability and performance issues as a result of these changes. Our disaster recovery plan may be inadequate, and our business interruption insurance may not be sufficient to compensate us for the losses that could occur.

Any compromise or breach of our security measures, or those of our third-party service providers, could violate applicable privacy, data protection, data security, network and information systems security and other laws and cause significant legal and financial exposure, adverse publicity and a loss of confidence in our security measures, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. We continue to devote significant resources to protect against security breaches, or we may need to devote significant resources in the future to address problems caused by breaches, including notifying affected subscribers and responding to any resulting litigation, which in turn, diverts resources from the growth and expansion of our business. To date, we are not aware of any material compromises or breaches of our networks or systems.

 

We may be subject to general litigation, regulatory disputes and government inquiries.

As a growing company with expanding operations, we have in the past and may in the future increasingly face the risk of claims, lawsuits, government investigations and other proceedings involving competition and antitrust, intellectual property, privacy, consumer protection, accessibility claims, securities, tax, labor and employment, commercial disputes, services and other matters. The number and significance of these disputes and inquiries have increased as the political and regulatory landscape changes, and as we have grown larger and expanded in scope and geographic reach, and our services have increased in complexity.

We cannot predict the outcome of such disputes and inquiries with certainty. Regardless of the outcome, these can have an adverse impact on us because of legal costs, diversion of management resources and other factors. Determining reserves for any litigation is a complex, fact-intensive process that is subject to judgment calls. It is possible that a resolution of one or more such proceedings could require us to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments, fines or penalties or to settle claims or proceedings, any of which could harm our business. These proceedings could also result in reputational harm, criminal sanctions, consent decrees or orders preventing us from offering certain products or services or requiring a change in our business practices in costly ways or requiring development of non-infringing or otherwise altered products or technologies. Litigation and other claims and regulatory proceedings against us could result in unexpected expenses and liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

26


 

A failure to comply with current laws, rules and regulations or changes to such laws, rules and regulations and other legal uncertainties may adversely affect our business, financial performance, results of operations or business growth.

Our business and financial performance could be adversely affected by unfavorable changes in or interpretations of existing laws, rules and regulations or the promulgation of new laws, rules and regulations applicable to us and our businesses, including those relating to the internet and e-commerce, internet advertising and price display, consumer protection, anti-corruption, antitrust and competition, economic and trade sanctions, energy usage and emissions, tax, banking, data security, network and information systems security, data protection and privacy. As a result, regulatory authorities could prevent or temporarily suspend us from carrying on some or all of our activities or otherwise penalize us if our practices were found not to comply with applicable regulatory or licensing requirements or any binding interpretation of such requirements. Unfavorable changes or interpretations could decrease demand for our products or services, limit marketing methods and capabilities, affect our margins, increase costs or subject us to additional liabilities.

For example, there are, and will likely continue to be, an increasing number of laws and regulations pertaining to the internet and e-commerce that may relate to liability for information retrieved from or transmitted over the internet, display of certain taxes and fees, online editorial and consumer-generated content, user privacy, data security, network and information systems security, behavioral targeting and online advertising, taxation, liability for third-party activities and the quality of services. Furthermore, the growth and development of e-commerce may prompt calls for more stringent consumer protection laws and more aggressive enforcement efforts, which may impose additional burdens on online businesses generally.

In May 2019, we received notice from the California Energy Commission (the “CEC”) that certain of our products had not been listed in the CEC’s Modernized Appliance Efficiency Database System (the “MAEDbS”) and therefore we were not in compliance with a CEC regulation. In order for an appliance to be listed in the MAEDbS, it must be tested at a lab approved by the CEC and the test data must be submitted to the CEC’s Appliance Efficiency Program. Although we believe that a number of the products identified in the CEC’s notice are, and have been, listed in the MAEDbS and comply with applicable CEC regulations, we may be subject to a financial penalty imposed by the CEC with respect to certain of our products that are not currently listed and may not otherwise currently meet applicable CEC energy regulations. We cannot be certain that our insurance coverage will fully cover any financial liability actually incurred. In addition, if we are required to list these additional products in the MAEDbS, we may not be permitted to sell them in the State of California until they are listed. We are in the process of negotiating the payment of a penalty with the CEC.

In September 2019, we received a Test Notice from the U.S. Department of Energy (“DOE”) indicating that a certain dehumidifier model may not comply with applicable energy-conservation standards. The DOE requested that we provide it with several model units for DOE testing. If it is determined that we have violated certain energy-conservation standards, we could be fined pursuant to DOE guidelines, and this civil penalty may be material to our consolidated financial statements. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves. We have submitted to the DOE testing process, made a good-faith effort to provide necessary notice as practicable, and included in a formal response copies of the energy-efficiency report and certification that were issued for the dehumidifier model at the time of production. We believe that our products are compliant, and we, in conjunction with our manufacturing partner, have disputed the Test Notice received from the DOE. As of the date hereof, we cannot reasonably estimate what, if any, penalties may be levied.

In September 2019, we received notice from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) that certain of our products were identified by the Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (“AHAM”) as failing to comply with EPA ENERGY STAR requirements. For an appliance to be ENERGY STAR certified, it must meet standards promulgated by the EPA and enforced through EPA-accredited certification bodies and laboratories. We believe that our products are compliant, and we, in conjunction with our manufacturing partner, have disputed the AHAM testing determination pursuant to EPA guidelines. While a resolution remains pending, we are not selling or marketing the products identified by the EPA. We cannot be certain that these products will eventually be certified by AHAM and the EPA, and we may incur costs that cannot presently be calculated in the event that we need to make changes to the manner in which these products are manufactured and sold.

If our products experience any recalls, product liability claims, or government, customer or consumer concerns about product safety, our reputation and operating results could be harmed.

Our products are subject to regulation by the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (the “CPSC”) and similar state and international regulatory authorities, and these products sold on our platform could be subject to involuntary recalls and other actions by these authorities. Concerns about product safety including concerns about the safety of products manufactured in developing countries, could lead us to recall selected products. Recalls and government, customer or consumer concerns about product safety could harm our reputation and reduce sales, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. For example, in May 2018, the board of directors of Mohawk Group, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary (“Mohawk Opco”), approved a voluntary recall of the Xtava Allure Hair Dryer. In June 2018, Mohawk Opco filed an application for a voluntary recall with the CPSC pursuant to Section 15(b) of the Consumer Product Safety Act (“CPSA”). Mohawk

27


 

Opco received approval from the CPSC to provide consumers with replacement units and publicly announced the recall on August 15, 2018. Mohawk Opco estimated it would incur approximately $1.6 million in costs related to the recall for procurement, manufacturing, fulfillment and delivery to consumers who apply and qualify for the recall costs. Mohawk Opco recorded the expense in 2018. As of December 31, 2019, the remaining recall liability is $0.1 million as we have reversed $1.4 million of this accrual during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, as the recall program for the Xtava Allure Hair Dryer has materially completed.

We may be subject to product liability claims if people or property are harmed by the products we sell. Some of the products we sell may expose us to product liability claims and litigation (including class actions) or regulatory action relating to safety, personal injury, and death or environmental or property damage. For example, in August 2018, we announced a voluntary recall of certain hair dryers that were alleged to have overheated or caused fires. Although no claims have been brought, pursuant to the CPSC and the guidelines set forth by the CPSA, we may be subject to a late reporting penalty if the CSPC decides to perform a late reporting investigation and determines we failed to meet all reporting requirements. If we are determined to have violated the reporting guidelines, a penalty may be material to the consolidated financial statements. In August 2019, we received notice that we have materially completed our obligation on the recall program and, as a result, have eliminated a substantial portion of the remaining liability pertaining to the program. As such, we believe the likelihood that a late reporting investigation will be initiated by the CPSC is remote but we can make no guarantee that CPSC will not open an investigation in the future.

Although we maintain liability insurance, we cannot be certain that our coverage will be adequate for liabilities actually incurred or that insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all. In general, our agreements with members of our supply chain do not indemnify us from product liability for a particular product, and some members of our supply chain may not have sufficient resources or insurance to satisfy their indemnity and defense obligations.

Any failure by us or our vendors to comply with product safety, consumer protection or other laws, or our standard vendor terms and conditions, or to provide safe factory conditions for our or their workers may damage our reputation and brand and harm our business.

The products we sell to our clients are subject to regulation by the CPSC, the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and similar state and international regulatory authorities. As a result, such products could be in the future subject to recalls and other remedial actions, including the manner in which we market our products. Product safety or labeling concerns may require us to voluntarily remove selected merchandise from our inventory. Such recalls or voluntary removal of merchandise can result in, among other things, suspension of our seller accounts on Amazon and other online marketplaces, lost sales, diverted resources, potential harm to our reputation and increased client service costs and legal expenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

Some of the products we sell may expose us to product liability claims and litigation or regulatory action relating to personal injury or environmental or property damage. Although we maintain liability insurance and have implemented a quality assurance program that includes obtaining necessary certifications, we cannot be certain that our coverage will be adequate for liabilities actually incurred or that insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms or at all. In addition, our agreements with our vendors in general do not indemnify us from product liability for a particular vendor’s products or our vendors may not have sufficient resources or insurance to satisfy their indemnity and defense obligations.

Misclassification or reclassification of our independent contractors or employees could increase our costs and adversely impact our business.

Our workers are classified as either employees or independent contractors, and if employees, as either exempt from overtime or non-exempt (and therefore overtime eligible). Regulatory authorities and private parties have recently asserted within several industries that some independent contractors should be classified as employees and that some exempt employees, including those in sales-related positions, should be classified as non-exempt based upon the applicable facts and circumstances and their interpretations of existing rules and regulations. If we are found to have misclassified employees as independent contractors or non-exempt employees as exempt, we could face penalties and have additional exposure under federal and state tax, workers’ compensation, unemployment benefits, labor, employment and tort laws, including for prior periods, as well as potential liability for employee overtime and benefits and tax withholdings. Legislative, judicial or regulatory (including tax) authorities could also introduce proposals or assert interpretations of existing rules and regulations that would change the classification of a significant number of independent contractors doing business with us from independent contractor to employee and a significant number of exempt employees to non-exempt. A reclassification in either case could result in a significant increase in employment-related costs such as wages, benefits and taxes. The costs associated with employee classification, including any related regulatory action or litigation, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our financial position.

28


 

We are subject to U.S. governmental regulation and other legal obligations related to privacy, data protection and information security. If we are unable to comply with these, we may be subject to governmental enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity.

We collect personally identifiable information and other data from our consumers and prospective consumers. We collect this info automatically through the automated sales processes with e-commerce marketplaces. We, at times, may use this information to provide, support, expand and improve our business, customer service and tailor our marketing and advertising efforts.

Our handling of data is subject to a variety of laws and regulations, including regulation by various government agencies, such as the FTC, and various state, local and foreign agencies. Our data handling also is subject to contractual obligations and industry standards.

The U.S. federal and various state and foreign governments have adopted or proposed limitations on the collection, distribution, use and storage of data relating to individuals, including the use of contact information and other data for marketing, advertising and other communications with individuals and businesses. In the United States, various laws and regulations apply to the collection, processing, disclosure and security of certain types of data. Additionally, the FTC and many state attorneys general are interpreting federal and state consumer protection laws as imposing standards for the online collection, use, dissemination and security of data. The laws and regulations relating to privacy and data security are evolving, can be subject to significant change and may result in ever-increasing regulatory and public scrutiny and escalating levels of enforcement and sanctions.

In the United States, federal and various state governments have adopted or are considering laws, guidelines or rules for the collection, distribution, use and storage of information collected from or about consumers or their devices. For example, California recently passed the California Consumer Privacy Act, effective as of January 1, 2020, introduced substantial changes to privacy law for businesses that collect personal information from California residents. Additionally, the FTC and many state attorneys general are applying federal and state consumer protection laws, to impose standards for the online collection, use and dissemination of data. Furthermore, these obligations may be interpreted and applied inconsistently from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other requirements or our practices.

Many data protection regimes apply based on where a consumer is located, and as we expand and new laws are enacted or existing laws change, we may be subject to new laws, regulations or standards or new interpretations of existing laws, regulations or standards, which could require us to incur additional costs and restrict our business operations. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with rapidly evolving privacy or security laws, such as the Personal Information Security Specification (the “China Specification”), policies (including our own stated privacy policies), legal obligations or industry standards or any security incident that results in the unauthorized release or transfer of personally identifiable information or other consumer data may result in governmental enforcement actions, litigation (including consumer class actions), fines and penalties or adverse publicity and could cause our consumers to lose trust in us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We handle credit card and other personal information, and, as such, are subject to governmental regulation and other legal obligations related to the protection of personal data, privacy and information security in certain countries where we do business and there has been and will continue to be a significant increase globally in such laws that restrict or control the use of personal data.

Due to the sensitive nature of such information, we have implemented policies and procedures to preserve and protect our data and our customers’ data against loss, misuse, corruption, misappropriation caused by systems failures, unauthorized access or misuse. Notwithstanding these policies, we could be subject to liability claims by individuals and customers whose data resides in our databases for the misuse of that information. If we fail to meet appropriate compliance levels, this could negatively impact our ability to utilize credit cards as a method of payment, and/or collect and store credit card information, which could disrupt our business.

In Europe, where we expect to expand our business operations in the future as part of our growth, the data privacy and information security regime recently underwent a significant change and continues to evolve and is subject to increasing regulatory scrutiny.

The General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which came into force on May 25, 2018, implemented more stringent operational requirements for our use of personal data. These more stringent requirements include expanded disclosures to tell our consumers about how we may use their personal data, increased controls on profiling customers and increased rights for customers to access, control and delete their personal data. In addition, there are mandatory data breach notification requirements and significantly increased penalties of the greater of €20 million or 4% of global turnover for the preceding financial year. The U.K.’s Network and Information Systems Regulations 2018 (“NID Regulations”), which came into force on May 10, 2018, apply to us as an online marketplace and place additional network and information systems security obligations on us, as well as mandatory security incident notification in certain circumstances with penalties of up to £17 million.

29


 

In recent years, U.S. and European lawmakers and regulators have expressed concern over the use of third-party cookies and similar technologies for online behavioral advertising, and laws in this area are also under reform. Such regulations may have a negative effect on businesses, including ours, that collect and use online usage information for consumer acquisition and marketing, may increase the cost of operating a business that collects or uses such information and undertakes online marketing, may also increase regulatory scrutiny and may increase potential civil liability under data protection or consumer protection laws.

We could incur substantial costs to comply with these regulations. The changes could require significant systems changes, limit the effectiveness of our marketing activities, adversely affect our margins, increase costs and subject us to additional liabilities.

We are subject to new, stringent privacy regulations in China that are broader than those of our other operations.

In China, the China Specification came into force on May 1, 2018. Although the China Specification is not a mandatory regulation, it nonetheless has a key implementing role in relation to China’s Cyber Security Law in respect of protecting personal information in China. Furthermore, it is likely that the China Specification will be relied on by Chinese government agencies as a standard to determine whether businesses have abided by China’s data protection rules. This China Specification has introduced many concepts and protection rules for personal information, such as “Data Controller” from GDPR. From a consent perspective the China Specification and GDPR are similar, but the China Specification has broadened the scope of personal sensitive information (“PSI”) as compared to GDPR (including but not limited to phone number, transaction record and purchase history, bank account, browser history and e-ID info such as system account, email address and corresponding password) and thus, the application of explicit consent under the China Specification is more far reaching. Furthermore, under the China Specification, the Data Controller must provide the purpose of collecting and using personal information, as well as business functions of such purpose, and the China Specification requires the Data Controller to distinguish its core function from additional functions to ensure the Data Controller will only collect personal information as needed. Our failure to comply with the China Specification could result in governmental enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We are subject to customs and international trade laws that could require us to modify our current business practices and incur increased costs or could result in a delay in getting products through customs and port operations, which may limit our growth and cause us to suffer reputational damage.

We predominately import our products from China. We are subject to numerous regulations, including customs and international trade laws that govern the importation and sale of our goods. In addition, we face risks associated with trade protection laws, policies and measures and other regulatory requirements affecting trade and investment, including loss or modification of exemptions for taxes and tariffs, imposition of new tariffs and duties and import and export licensing requirements in the countries in which we operate, in particular, in China, where trade relations between the United States and China are uncertain. Our failure to comply with import or export rules and restrictions or to properly classify items under tariff regulations and pay the appropriate duties could expose us to fines and penalties. If these laws or regulations were to change or were violated by our management, employees, retailers or brands, we could experience delays in shipments of our goods, be subject to fines or penalties or suffer reputational harm, which could reduce demand for our products or services and negatively impact our results of operations.

Our business depends on our ability to source and distribute products in a timely manner. As a result, we rely on the free flow of goods through open and operational ports worldwide. Labor disputes or other disruptions at ports create significant risks for our business, particularly if work slowdowns, lockouts, strikes or other disruptions occur. Any of these factors could result in reduced sales or canceled orders, which may limit our growth and damage our reputation and may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

If significant tariffs or other restrictions are placed on imports from China or any retaliatory trade measures are taken by China, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We purchase our products from unaffiliated manufacturers that are located in China. This concentration exposes us to risks associated with doing business globally, including changes in tariffs. The Office of the United States Trade Representative identified certain Chinese imported goods for additional tariffs to address China’s trade policies and practices. These tariffs could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Additionally, the Trump administration continues to signal that it may alter trade agreements and terms between China and the United States, including limiting trade with China, imposing additional tariffs on imports from China and potentially imposing other restrictions on exports from China to the United States. Consequently, it is possible further and or higher tariffs will be imposed on products imported from foreign countries, including China, or that our business will be affected by retaliatory trade measures taken by China or other countries in response to existing or future tariffs. This may cause us to raise prices or make changes to our operations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

30


 

Amendments to existing tax laws, rules or regulations or enactment of new unfavorable tax laws, rules or regulations could have an adverse effect on our business and financial performance.

Many of the laws, rules or regulations imposing taxes and other similar obligations were established before the growth of the internet and e-commerce. Tax authorities in non-U.S. jurisdictions and at the U.S. federal, state and local levels are currently reviewing the appropriate treatment of companies engaged in internet commerce and considering changes to existing tax or other laws that could regulate our transmissions and/or levy sales, income, consumption, use or other taxes relating to our activities, and/or impose obligations on us to collect such taxes. For example, in March 2018, the European Commission proposed new rules for taxing digital business activities in the EU. In addition, state and local taxing authorities in the United States and taxing authorities in other countries have identified e-commerce platforms as a means to calculate, collect and remit indirect taxes for transactions taking place over the internet. Multiple U.S. states have enacted related legislation and other states are now considering such legislation. Furthermore, the U.S. Supreme Court recently has held in South Dakota v. Wayfair that a U.S. state may require an online retailer to collect sales taxes imposed by that state, even if the retailer has no physical presence in that state, thus permitting a wider enforcement of such sales tax collection requirements. Such legislation could require us or our retailers and brands to incur substantial costs in order to comply, including costs associated with legal advice, tax calculation, collection, remittance and audit requirements, which could make selling in such markets less attractive and could adversely affect our business. We cannot predict the effect of current attempts to impose taxes on commerce over the internet. If such tax or other laws, rules or regulations were amended, or if new unfavorable laws, rules or regulations were enacted, the results could increase our tax payments or other obligations, prospectively or retrospectively, subject us to interest and penalties, decrease the demand for our products if we pass on such costs to the consumer, result in increased costs to update or expand our technical or administrative infrastructure or effectively limit the scope of our business activities if we decided not to conduct business in particular jurisdictions. As a result, these changes may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

We have [$14.2 million] net operating loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2019, which have a full valuation allowance against them. In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), a corporation that undergoes an ownership change, which is generally defined as a greater than 50-percentage-point cumulative change by value in the equity ownership of certain stockholders over a rolling three-year period, is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change net operating losses (“NOLs”) to offset post-change taxable income. Our existing NOLs may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes, and if we undergo an ownership change, our ability to utilize NOLs could be further limited by Section 382 of the Code and similar state provisions. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which may be outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code. Furthermore, our ability to utilize NOLs of companies that we may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as limitations on the use of NOLs, our existing NOLs could expire, decrease in value or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. For example, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act resulted in a reduction in the economic benefit of the NOLs and other deferred tax assets available to us. For these reasons, we may not be able to realize a tax benefit from the use of our NOLs, even if we attain profitability. We have not performed a detailed analysis to determine whether an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code has occurred. The effect of a Section 382 ownership change would be the imposition of an annual limitation on the use of net operating loss carryforwards attributable to periods before the change. Any limitation may result in expiration of all, or a portion of the NOLs or other tax attributes, such as research and development credit carryforwards, before utilization.

We are subject to anti-corruption, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering and similar laws, and non-compliance with such laws can subject us to criminal penalties or significant fines and harm our business and reputation.

The SEC, the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls (“OFAC”), the U.S. Department of State, as well as other foreign regulatory authorities continue to enforce economic and trade regulations and anti-corruption laws across industries. U.S. trade sanctions relate to transactions with designated foreign countries and territories, including Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria and the Crimea region of Ukraine (“Crimea”) as well as specifically targeted individuals and entities that are identified on U.S. and other blacklists, and those owned by them or those acting on their behalf. Anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) and the U.K. Bribery Act (the “Bribery Act”), generally prohibit direct or indirect corrupt payments to government officials and, under certain laws, private persons to obtain or retain business or an improper business advantage. Some of our international operations are conducted in parts of the world, including Ukraine, Philippines and China, where it is common to engage in business practices that are prohibited by these laws.

Although we have policies and procedures in place designed to promote compliance with laws and regulations, which we review and update as we expand our operations in existing and new jurisdictions in order to proportionately address risks of non-compliance with applicable laws and regulations, our employees, partners or agents could take actions in contravention of our policies and procedures or violate applicable laws or regulations. As regulations continue to develop and regulatory oversight continues to focus on these areas, we cannot guarantee that our policies and procedures will ensure compliance at all times with all applicable laws or regulations. In the event our controls should fail, or we are found to be not in compliance for other reasons, we could be subject to monetary damages, civil and criminal monetary penalties, withdrawal of business licenses or permits, litigation and damage to our reputation and the value of our brand.

31


 

As we expand our operations in existing and new jurisdictions internationally, we will need to increase the scope of our compliance programs to address the risks relating to the potential for violations of the FCPA and the Bribery Act and other anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws. Further, the promulgation of new laws, rules and regulations, or the new interpretation of existing laws, rules and regulations, in each case that restrict or otherwise unfavorably impact the ability or manner in which we or our retailers and brands conduct business could require us to change certain aspects of our business, operations and commercial relationships to ensure compliance, which could decrease demand for products or services, reduce net revenue, increase costs or subject us to additional liabilities. Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws have been enforced aggressively in recent years, are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies and their employees and agents from promising, authorizing, making, offering, soliciting or accepting improper payments or other benefits to or from government officials and others in the private sector. As we increase our international sales and business, particularly in countries with a low score on the Corruptions Perceptions Index by Transparency International and increase our use of third-party business partners such as sales agents, distributors, resellers or consultants, our risks under these laws may increase. Under these laws, we could be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our employees, representatives, contractors, business partners and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities. Noncompliance with these laws could subject us to investigations, sanctions, settlements, prosecution, other enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, significant fines, damages, other civil and criminal penalties or injunctions, suspension or debarment from contracting with certain persons, the loss of export privileges, whistleblower complaints, reputational harm, adverse media coverage and other collateral consequences. If any subpoenas or investigations are launched, or governmental or other sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal litigation, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially harmed. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a materially significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and significant defense and compliance costs and other professional fees. In certain cases, enforcement authorities may even require us to appoint an independent compliance monitor, which can result in added costs and administrative burdens. Any investigations, actions, sanctions or other previously mentioned harm could have a material negative effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Risks Relating to the Ownership of our Common Stock

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies or smaller reporting companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we intend to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including:

 

not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

permission to delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies;

 

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and annual report on Form 10-K; and

 

exemptions from the requirements of holding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We intend to take advantage of these and other exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company”. We could be an emerging growth company until as long as December 31, 2024 (up to the end of the fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of the completion our IPO occurs), although we expect to not be an emerging growth company sooner. Our status as an emerging growth company will end as soon as any of the following takes place:

 

the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue;

 

the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates;

 

the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or

 

the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary after we become a public company.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive by our reliance on any of the exemptions afforded emerging growth companies. If some investors find our common stock less attractive because we rely on these exemptions, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the market price of our common stock may be more volatile.

32


 

In addition, under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), “emerging growth companies” can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, as a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that we can elect to opt out of the extended transition period at any time, which election is irrevocable.

Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we may still qualify as a “smaller reporting company”, which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements (excluding the exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Our share price may be volatile. Market volatility may affect the value of an investment in our common stock and could subject us to litigation.

Technology stocks have historically experienced high levels of volatility. There has been and could continue to be significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of equity securities. For example, our closing stock price ranged from approximately $1.80 to $10.74 per share from June 12, 2019 to March 24, 2020. The market price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to many risk factors listed in this section, and others beyond our control, including:

 

actual or perceived impact on our business due to the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results;

 

the financial projections we may provide to the public, and any changes in projected operational and financial results;

 

addition or loss of significant customers;

 

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our products;

 

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

 

announcements of technological innovations or new offerings by us or our competitors;

 

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital-raising activities or commitments;

 

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

changes in our financial guidance or securities analysts’ estimates of our financial performance;

 

discussion of us or our stock price by the financial press and in online investor communities;

 

reaction to our press releases and filings with the SEC;

 

changes in accounting principles;

 

lawsuits threatened or filed against us;

 

fluctuations in operating performance and the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

 

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

 

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;

 

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our business;

 

changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of debt or equity securities;

 

short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions involving our capital stock;

 

the expiration of contractual lock-up periods;

33


 

 

other events or factors, including those resulting from pandemics, war, incidents of terrorism or responses to these events; and

 

general economic and market conditions.

Furthermore, in recent years, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies, and technology companies in particular. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively impact the market price of our common stock. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could also harm our business.

An active trading market for our common stock may not be sustained, and you may not be able to resell your common stock at a desired market price.

Our shares of common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market on June 12, 2019. Prior to our IPO, there was no public market for our common stock. Although our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, an active trading market for our shares may not be sustained. If an active market for our common stock is not sustained, you may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at a desired market price. If no active trading market for our common stock is sustained, you may be unable to sell your shares when you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider attractive or satisfactory. The lack of an active market may also adversely affect our ability to raise capital by selling securities in the future or impair our ability to acquire businesses or technologies using our shares as consideration.

If securities or industry analysts either do not publish research about us, discontinue research coverage, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about us, our business or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our common stock adversely, the trading price or trading volume of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced in part by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If one or more of the analysts initiate research with an unfavorable rating or downgrade our common stock, provide a more favorable recommendation about our competitors or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our common stock price would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the trading price or trading volume of our common stock to decline.

The estimates of market opportunity, market size and forecasts of market growth included in our publicly-filed documents may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

Market opportunity, size estimates and growth forecasts included in our publicly-filed documents are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. For example, several of the reports and data on which our estimates and forecasts are based rely on projections of consumer adoption and incorporate data from secondary sources such as company websites as well as industry, trade and government publications.

Net revenue and operating results are difficult to forecast because they generally depend on the volume, timing and type of orders we receive, all of which are uncertain. We base our expense levels and investment plans on our estimates of total net revenue and gross margins using human judgment combined with our machine learning, natural language processing and data analytics. We cannot be sure the same growth rates, trends and other key performance metrics are meaningful predictors of future growth. If our assumptions and calculations prove to be wrong, we may spend more than we anticipate acquiring and retaining customers or may generate less net revenue than anticipated, any of which could have a negative impact on our business and results of operations. In addition, as we enter a new consumer product market, we may initially provide discounts to customers to gain market traction, and the amount and effect of these discounts may vary greatly. Finally, we are evaluating our total addressable market with respect to new product offerings and new markets. These estimates of total addressable market and growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty, are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate and are based on data published by third parties that we have not independently verified. Even if the market in which we compete meets the size estimates and growth forecasted in our publicly-filed documents, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

34


 

Our business is also affected by general economic and business conditions in the U.S., and we anticipate that it will be increasingly affected by conditions in international markets. In addition, we experience seasonal trends in our business, and our mix of product offerings is highly variable from day-to-day and quarter-to-quarter. This variability makes it difficult to predict sales and could result in significant fluctuations in our net revenue from period-to-period. A significant portion of our expenses is fixed, and as a result, we may be unable to adjust our spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected shortfall in net revenue. Any failure to accurately predict net revenue or gross margins could cause our operating results to be lower than expected, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition and stock price.

Future sales and issuances of our capital stock, or the perception that such sales may occur, could cause our stock price to decline.

Our officers and directors have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our common stock until June 12, 2020 (the date that is twelve months after the date of the final prospectus for our IPO, dated as of June 12, 2019, and filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4) on June 13, 2019 (File No. 333-231381) (the “Final Prospectus”)). Certain holders of our outstanding securities have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge our common stock until (i) March 12, 2020 (a period of 9 months after the date of the Final Prospectus), (ii) June 12, 2020 (a period of 12 months after the date of the Final Prospectus), (iii) September 12, 2020 (a period of 15 months after the date of the Final Prospectus), (iv) December 12, 2020 (a period of 18 months after the date of the Final Prospectus), or (v) March 12, 2021 (a period of 21 months after the date of the Final Prospectus). However, Roth Capital Partners, LLC, may release all or any portion of the shares subject to the lock-up restrictions prior to the expiration of the restricted periods.

We may issue additional securities following the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue up to 500,000,000 shares of common stock and 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock. Future sales and issuances of our capital stock or rights to purchase our capital stock could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders. We may sell common stock, convertible securities and other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner as we may determine from time to time. If we sell any such securities in subsequent transactions, the ownership of existing stockholders will be diluted, possibly materially. New investors in subsequent transactions could also gain rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of existing holders of our common stock.

Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could reduce the prevailing market prices for our common stock. Substantially all of our outstanding common stock is eligible for sale as are shares of common stock issuable under vested and exercisable stock options. An aggregate of 2,426,015 shares of restricted common stock granted to certain of our employees, including certain of our executive officers, pursuant to the Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc. 2019 Equity Plan (the “2019 Equity Plan”) will vest in four equal installments on March 13, 2020, June 14, 2020, December 14, 2020 and June 14, 2021, and we expect our stock-based compensation expense to increase materially in the future from the issuance and vesting of restricted common stock granted pursuant to the 2019 Equity Plan. In addition, an aggregate of 149,957 shares of restricted common stock granted to certain of our employees, including certain of our executive officers and directors pursuant to the Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan will, (i) with respect to 64,982 shares of restricted common stock, vest in full on June 14, 2020 and (ii) with respect to 84,975 shares of restricted common stock, vest monthly in equal installments starting one month after the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, with one-fourth of the award vesting on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date. If our existing stockholders sell a large number of shares of our common stock, or the public market perceives that existing stockholders might sell shares of common stock, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly. Existing stockholder sales might also make it more difficult for us to sell additional equity securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate, or at all.

Moreover, we filed a registration statement for the public resale by stockholders owning 66.8% of our outstanding common stock on December 10, 2019, which was declared effective on December 30, 2019. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), resulted in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares held by our affiliates and subject to certain other conditions, such as the lock-up restrictions described above. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

35


 

Substantial blocks of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the market when the lock-up period ends. If there are substantial sales of shares of our common stock, or the market perception that such sales may occur, the price of our common stock could decline.

The price of our common stock could decline if there are substantial sales of our common stock, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders, or if there is a large number of shares of our common stock available for sale and the market perceives that sales will occur. Certain shares held by our directors, officers and stockholders and holders of options are currently restricted from resale as a result of a contractual “lock-up” restriction. These shares will become available to be sold at varying times following the expiration of the applicable lock-up period.

In addition, we intend to file one or more registration statements to register the shares of common stock subject to outstanding options under our equity incentive plans and the shares reserved for awards available for future issuance under our equity incentive plans. Shares registered on these registration statements would be eligible for sale to the public, subject to certain legal and contractual limitations. The market price of the shares of our common stock could decline as a result of the sale of a substantial number of our shares of common stock in the public market or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business. In addition, our revolving credit facility and term loan contain restrictive covenants that limit our ability to pay dividends. Consequently, stockholders must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment.

The concentration of our stock ownership will likely limit your ability to influence corporate matters, including the ability to influence the outcome of director elections and other matters requiring stockholder approval.

As of December 31, 2019, our executive officers, directors and the holders of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock in the aggregate beneficially own approximately 57.6% of our common stock. This concentrated control limits your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, will have significant influence over all matters that require approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. Corporate actions might be taken even if other stockholders, oppose them. Additionally, these stockholders may cause us to make strategic decisions or pursue acquisitions that could involve risks to you or may not be aligned with your interests. This concentration of ownership might also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of our company that other stockholders may view as beneficial. This control may materially adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

MV II, LLC, Dr. Larisa Storozhenko and Mr. Maximus Yaney (collectively, the “Designating Parties”) have entered into a voting agreement with Asher Delug and us (the “Restated Voting Agreement”), pursuant to which each of the Designating Parties agreed to relinquish the right to vote their shares of capital stock of, and any other equity interest in, us (collectively, the “Voting Interests”) by granting our board of directors the sole right to vote all of the Voting Interests as the Designating Parties’ proxyholder. The Voting Interests include all shares of our common stock currently held by the Designating Parties, as well as any of our securities or other equity interests acquired by the Designating Parties in the future. Pursuant to the proxy granted by the Designating Parties, our board of directors is required to vote all of the Voting Interests in direct proportion to the voting of the shares and equity interests voted by all holders other than the Designating Parties. The proxy granted by the Designating Parties under the Restated Voting Agreement is irrevocable. In addition, the Restated Voting Agreement proxyholder may not be changed unless we receive the prior approval of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC.

The Restated Voting Agreement became effective on June 12, 2019, and it will continue until the earlier to occur of (a) a Deemed Liquidation Event unless, immediately upon such Deemed Liquidation Event, our common stock is and remains listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, or (b) Mr. Yaney’s death. For purposes of the Restated Voting Agreement, a “Deemed Liquidation Event” means (i) the acquisition of us by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which we are party other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of our voting securities outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, as a result of our shares held by such holders prior to such transaction or series of transactions, a majority of the total voting power represented by our outstanding voting securities or such other surviving or resulting entity; (ii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets taken as a whole by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except where such sale, lease or other disposition is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of us; or (iii) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of us, whether voluntary or involuntary; however, a Deemed Liquidation Event shall not include any transaction effected primarily to raise capital for us or a spin-off or similar divestiture of our product or SaaS business as part of a reorganization of us approved by our board of directors. In addition, the rights and obligations under the Restated Voting Agreement will terminate with respect to shares of capital stock sold by a Designating Party in connection with any arm’s length transaction to a third party that is not a Designating Party, an affiliate of a Designating Party or any other individual or party that has a direct or indirect familial relationship with any Designating Party.

36


 

On April 12, 2019, Asher Delug entered into a voting agreement with us on substantially the same terms as the Restated Voting Agreement (the “Delug Voting Agreement”), pursuant to which Mr. Delug agreed to relinquish the right to vote his shares of capital stock of, and any other equity interest in, us (collectively, the “Delug Voting Interests”) by granting our board of directors the sole right to vote all of the Delug Voting Interests as Mr. Delug’s proxyholder. The Delug Voting Interests include all shares of our common stock currently held by Mr. Delug, as well as any of our securities or other equity interests acquired by Mr. Delug in the future. Pursuant to the proxy granted by Mr. Delug, our board of directors is required to vote all of the Delug Voting Interests in direct proportion to the voting of the shares and equity interests voted by all holders other than Mr. Delug. The proxy granted by Mr. Delug under the Delug Voting Agreement is irrevocable. In addition, the Delug Voting Agreement proxyholder may not be changed unless we receive the prior approval of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC.

The Delug Voting Agreement became effective on June 12, 2019, and it will continue until the earlier to occur of (a) a Deemed Liquidation Event unless, immediately upon such Deemed Liquidation Event, our common stock is and remains listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, or (b) Mr. Delug’s death. The definition of “Deemed Liquidation Event” in the Delug Voting Agreement is the same as the definition in the Restated Voting Agreement. In addition, the rights and obligations under the Delug Voting Agreement will terminate with respect to shares of capital stock sold by Mr. Delug in connection with any arm’s length transaction to a third party that is not an affiliate of Mr. Delug or any other individual or party that has a direct or indirect familial relationship with Mr. Delug.

We will incur significantly increased costs and devote substantial management time as a result of operating as a public company.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. For example, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and are required to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. We expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. In addition, we expect that our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. In particular, we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will increase when we are no longer an emerging growth company, as defined by the JOBS Act. We will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and maintain an internal audit function. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of operating as a public company or the timing of such costs.

We believe that being a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.

As a result of disclosure of information in our publicly-filed documents, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which we believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and results of operations could be materially adversely affected, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws may delay or prevent an acquisition of us or a change in our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, which prohibits stockholders owning in excess of 15% of the outstanding combined organization voting stock from merging or combining with the combined organization. Although we believe these provisions collectively will provide for an opportunity to receive higher bids by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with our board of directors, they would apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by some stockholders. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove then-current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of management.

37


 

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of us and may affect the trading price of our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could significantly reduce the value of shares of our capital stock to a potential acquiror or delay or prevent changes in control or changes in our management without the consent of our board of directors. Our charter documents include the following provisions:

 

a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

 

the exclusive right of our board of directors, unless the board of directors grants such right to the stockholders, to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

the required approval of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote to remove a director for cause, and the prohibition on removal of directors without cause;

 

the ability of our board of directors to authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of stockholders or a hostile acquiror;

 

the ability of our board of directors to alter our amended and restated bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;

 

the required approval of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote to adopt, amend or repeal our amended and restated bylaws or repeal the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of directors;

 

a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

 

an exclusive forum provision providing that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for certain actions and proceedings;

 

the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer) which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors; and

 

advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

These provisions could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of us. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors of their choosing and cause us to take other corporate actions our stockholders desire.

38


 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided, that, this provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. These choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. In addition, stockholders who do bring a claim in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware could face additional litigation costs in pursuing any such claim, particularly if they do not reside in or near Delaware. Furthermore, the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable. If a court were to find the choice of forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

Our chief executive officer has limited experience managing a public company, interacting with public company investors and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Accordingly, our management team, as a whole, may not successfully or efficiently manage the transition to being a public company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the continuous scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our senior management, particularly from our chief executive officer, and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

 

 

39


 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2. Properties.

As of December 31, 2019, we had offices, including shared workspaces, in five locations.

Our New York office with approximately 5,200 square feet of space is our corporate headquarters and is leased for a term of five years expiring in March 2020. In February 2020, we have extended our New York office lease by one year to March 31, 2021. Our China office is leased for a term of two years expiring in June 2021. Our other offices are either shared workspaces or leases with a short-term commitment (month to month).

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

From time to time, we may be involved in various claims and legal proceedings relating to claims arising out of our operations, primarily with respect to the sale of our consumer products. We believe that there are no pending lawsuits or claims that, individually or in the aggregate, may have a material effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

None.

 

 

40


 

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

 

Market Information

 

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “MWK”.

 

Holders of Record

 

As of December 31, 2019, there were approximately 257 holders of record of our common stock.

 

Stock Performance Graph

We are a smaller reporting company, as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and are not required to provide a performance graph. 

 

Dividends

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain any future earnings, if any, to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors or any authorized committee thereof after considering our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors or such committee deems relevant, and subject to the restrictions contained in our current or future financing instruments.

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2018, with MidCap Funding X Trust as Agent (“MidCap”) and the lenders party thereto, as amended (the “MidCap Credit Agreement”), we are prohibited from paying any dividends without the prior written consent of MidCap. Additionally, pursuant to the Venture Loan and Security Agreement, dated December 31, 2018 with Horizon Technology Finance Corporation (“Horizon”) as lender and collateral agent (the “Horizon Loan Agreement”), we are prohibited from paying any dividends without the prior written consent of Horizon.

 

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

 

In addition to the issuance of the securities disclosed on our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2019 and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2019, since our incorporation in March 2018 we have issued the following securities (after giving effect to the 1-for-3.9 reverse stock split effected on May 24, 2019) that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”):

(1) On March 26, 2018, we issued and sold an aggregate of 897,435 shares of common stock at a price of $0.00039 per share to accredited investors for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $350.

The issuance of shares of our common stock in the above transaction was not registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506(b) of Regulation D promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

(2) On September 4, 2018, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, MGH Merger Sub, Inc. merged with and into Mohawk Opco, with Mohawk Opco remaining as the surviving entity and becoming a wholly-owned operating subsidiary the Registrant. The Merger became effective as of the Effective Time.

At the Effective Time, each outstanding share of Mohawk Opco’s common and preferred stock (other than shares of Mohawk Opco’s Series C Preferred Stock) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Merger was exchanged for 0.31310798 shares of our common stock, each outstanding share of Mohawk Opco’s Series C Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Merger was exchanged for 0.2564103 shares of our common stock and each outstanding warrant to purchase shares of Mohawk Opco’s Series C Preferred Stock was exchanged for a warrant to purchase 0.2564103 shares of our common stock and retained the exercise price per share of $15.60. As a result, an aggregate of 10,636,755 shares of our common stock were issued to

41


 

the holders of Mohawk Opco’s capital stock after adjustments due to rounding for fractional shares and warrants to purchase 44,871 shares of our common stock were issued to former holders of warrants to purchase shares of Mohawk Opco’s Series C Preferred Stock. In addition, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, options to purchase 302,911 shares of Mohawk Opco’s common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Merger with a weighted average exercise price of $7.49 were assumed and exchanged for options to purchase 369,885 shares of our common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $6.16.

The issuance of shares of our common stock and options to purchase shares of our common stock to holders of Mohawk Opco’s capital stock and options in connection with the Merger was not registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506(b) of Regulation D promulgated by the SEC. Of the 10,636,755 shares of our common stock issued to holders of Mohawk Opco’s capital stock, (1) 10,630,919 shares of our common stock were issued to 208 stockholders, each of which was an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act (the “Accredited Stockholders”), and (2) 5,836 shares of our common stock were issued to six stockholders (the “Other Stockholders”). The shares of our common stock were issued to (1) the Accredited Investors pursuant to Rule 506(b) of Regulation D promulgated by the SEC, and (2) the Other Stockholders pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. Each of the Other Stockholders received an information statement regarding the Merger, Mohawk Opco and our company prior to the issuance of our common stock.

(3) On September 4, 2018, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 196,364 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $15.60 per share to certain accredited investors as consideration for providing certain placement agent services to Mohawk Opco.

The issuance of shares of our common stock and warrants in the above transaction was not registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506(b) of Regulation D promulgated by the SEC.

 

(4) On December 31, 2018, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 76,923 shares of its common stock with an exercise price of $15.60 per share to Horizon as part of the Horizon Loan Agreement.

The issuance of the warrants to purchase shares of our common stock in the above transaction was not registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506(b) of Regulation D promulgated by the SEC.

(5) On December 28, 2018, we granted to certain of our directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 1,547,938 shares of our common stock under the Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”) with an exercise price of $9.72 per share.

The issuances of the options to purchase shares of our common stock pursuant to the above were not registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

(6) On March 20, 2019, we issued an aggregate of 2,406,618 restricted shares of our common stock to certain of our directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers pursuant to the Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc. 2019 Equity Plan (the “2019 Equity Plan”).

The issuances of the restricted shares of our common stock pursuant to the above were not registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

Use of Proceeds from Registered Securities

On June 12, 2019, our registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-231381), as amended, relating to our initial public offering (“IPO”) of common stock was declared effective by the SEC. The IPO closed on June 14, 2019, at which time we issued 3,600,000 shares of our common stock at an initial offering price to the public of $10.00 per share for gross proceeds of $36.0 million. We received net proceeds from the IPO of approximately $29.4 million, after deducting the underwriting discount of $2.5 million and other estimated offering-related expenses paid or payable by us of $4.1 million. None of the expenses associated with the IPO were paid to directors, officers, persons owning 10% or more of any class of equity securities, or to their associates, or to our affiliates. Roth Capital Partners, LLC and A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners acted as joint book-running managers, with National Securities Corporation as co-manager for the offering.

42


 

Shares of our common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market on June 12, 2019. The shares were registered under the Securities Act on a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-231381), as amended.

As of December 31, 2019, we have used $11.8 million of the net offering proceeds.

There have been no material changes in the planned use of proceeds from the IPO from that described in our final prospectus for our IPO, dated as of June 12, 2019, and filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4) on June 13, 2019 (File No. 333-231381) (“Final Prospectus”), other than that we are no longer considering the acquisition of a home décor company and a personal wellness company described in the Final Prospectus and therefore no proceeds from our IPO will be used for such purpose.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

See Item 12 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K regarding information about securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans.

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

 

We are a smaller reporting company, as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act and are not required to provide the information required under this item.

 

 

 

 

43


 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations contains forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Actual events or results may differ materially from our expectations. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those stated or implied by our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those set forth in Part I, “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. All forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are based on information available to us as of the time we file this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements.

Overview

Mohawk is a rapidly growing technology-enabled consumer products company. Mohawk was founded on the premise that if a CPG company was founded today, it would apply A.I. and machine learning, the synthesis of massive quantities of data and the use of social proof to identify and validate high caliber product offerings and market opportunities, as opposed to over-reliance on brand value and other traditional marketing tactics.

We have launched and sold hundreds of SKUs on Amazon and other e-commerce platforms. Through the success of a number of those products, we have grouped them and have incubated four owned and operated brands: hOmeLabs, Vremi, Xtava and RIF6. These product categories include home and kitchen appliances, kitchenware, environmental appliances (i.e., dehumidifiers and air conditioners), beauty related products and, to a lesser extent, consumer electronics.

We believe we are reinventing how to rapidly and successfully identify new product and market opportunities, and to launch, autonomously market and sell products in the rapidly growing global e-commerce market by leveraging our proprietary software technology platform, known as AIMEE. AIMEE combines large quantities of data, A.I., machine learning and other automation algorithms, at scale, to allow rapid opportunity identification and automated online sales and marketing of consumer products.

AIMEE sources data from various e-commerce platforms, the internet and publicly available data, allowing us to estimate and determine trends, performance and consumer sentiment on products and searches within e-commerce platforms. This functionality allows us to help determine which products to market, manufacture through contract manufacturers, import and sell on e-commerce marketplaces. AIMEE is also connected, through APIs, to multiple e-commerce platforms. This allows us to automate the purchase of marketing, automate various parts of our fulfillment and logistics operations and to automate the pricing changes on product listings. We generate revenue primarily through the online sales of our various digital native consumer products and substantially all of our sales are made through the Amazon U.S. marketplace.

Seasonality of Business and Product Mix

Our individual product categories are typically affected by seasonal sales trends primarily resulting from the timing of the summer season for certain of our environmental appliance products and the fall and holiday season for our small kitchen appliances and accessories. With our current mix of environmental appliances, the sales of those products tend to be significantly higher in the summer season. Further, our small kitchen appliances and accessories tend to have higher sales during the fourth quarter, which includes Thanksgiving and the December holiday season. As a result, our operational results and cash flows may fluctuate materially in any quarterly period depending on, among other things, adverse weather conditions, shifts in the timing of certain holidays and changes in our product mix.

Each of our products typically goes through the Launch phase and depending on its level of success is moved to one of the other phases as further described below:

 

i.

Launch phase: During this phase, we leverage our technology to target opportunities identified using AIMEE. During this period of time and due to the combination of discounts and investment in marketing, our net margin for a product could be as low as approximately negative 35%. Net margin is calculated by taking net revenue less cost of goods sold, less fulfillment, online advertising and selling expenses. These costs primarily reflect the estimated variable costs related to the sale of a product.

 

ii.

Sustain phase: Our goal is for every product we launch to enter the sustain phase and become profitable, with a target average of positive 10% net margin, within approximately three months of launch on average. Net margin reflects a combination of manual and automated adjustments in price and marketing spend. Over time, our products benefit from economies of scale stemming from purchasing power both with manufacturers and with fulfillment providers.

44


 

 

iii.

Milk phase or Liquidate phase: If a product does not enter the sustain phase or if the customer satisfaction of the product (i.e., ratings) is not satisfactory, then it will go to the liquidate phase and we will sell the remaining inventory. In order to enter the milk phase, we believe that a product must be well received and become a strong leader in its category in both customer satisfaction and volume sold as compared to its competition. Products in the milk phase that have achieved profitability should benefit from pricing power and we expect their profitability to increase accordingly. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, none of our products have achieved the milk phase and we can provide no assurance that any of our products will do so in the future.

To date, our operating results have included a mix of products in the launch and sustain phases, and we expect such results to include a mix of products in all phases at any given period. Product mix can affect our gross profit and the variable portion of our sales and distribution expenses. Ultimately, we believe that the future cash flow generated by our products in the sustain phase will outpace the amount that we will reinvest into launching new products, driving profitability at the company level while we continue to invest in growth and technology.

The following table shows the number of launches of new products included in our net revenue which have achieved, or are expected to achieve, more than $0.5 million in net revenue per year. The growth in our direct net revenue versus the comparable prior year period is the period over period growth of direct sales channel (i.e. direct to consumer sales).  

 

 

 

Year-Ended

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

Launches of new products

 

 

11

 

 

 

32

 

Growth in direct net revenue versus comparable previous year period

 

 

92.0

%

 

 

61.3

%

 

Our growth in direct revenue can be impacted by the timing and the season in which products are launched.  For example, 18 of our 32 products launches for the year-ended December 31, 2019, occurred in December 2019 the last month of the year. For the year-ended December 31, 2018, 10 of the 11 product launches occurred during the third and fourth quarter of 2018, five in each quarter.

Financial Operations Overview

Net Revenue

We derive our revenue from the sale of consumer products, primarily in the United States. We sell products directly to consumers through online retail channels and through wholesale channels. Direct to consumer sales, which is currently the majority of our revenue, is done through various online retail channels. We sell on Amazon.com, Walmart.com, and our own websites, with substantially all our sales made through Amazon.com. For our consumer product sales and distribution channels, revenue is recognized when control of the product is transferred to the customer (i.e., when our performance obligation is satisfied), which typically occurs at the shipment date.

In 2018, predominantly through pilot programs, we began offering third party brands access to AIMEE through our managed SaaS business.

Cost of Goods Sold—Cost of goods sold is comprised of the book value of inventory sold to customers during the reporting period. When circumstances dictate that we use net realizable value as the basis for recording inventory, we base our estimates on expected future selling prices less expected disposal costs. The Office of the U.S. Trade Representative (“USTR”) has imposed additional tariffs on products imported from China. We contract manufacturers, through purchase orders, predominantly in China, for our consumer products. As such, this exposes us to risks associated with doing business globally, including changes in tariffs, which impacts a significant number of our products. If proposed increases are enacted, the tariffs would impact all of our products. We believed tariff increases that were previously announced and subsequently postponed by the USTR would have impacted our cost of goods sold at the end of the third quarter of 2019 as we expected to sell-through our pre-tariff inventory. We planned our inventory purchases to delay the tariff impact and once we sold through our pre-tariff inventory we expected to raise prices to offset the tariff impact. Our pricing actions were intended to offset the full gross margin impact of tariff increases, if they were enacted. However, there were no assurances that these pricing actions would not reduce customer orders if these tariffs were implemented or if additional tariffs are implemented in the future.

45


 

Expenses

Research and Development Expenses—Research and development expenses include compensation and employee benefits for technology development employees, travel related costs and fees paid to outside consultants related to the development of our intellectual property.

Sales and Distribution Expenses—Sales and distribution expenses consist of online advertising costs, marketing and promotional costs, sales and platform commissions, fulfillment, warehouse costs and employee compensation and benefits. Costs associated with our advertising and sales promotion are expensed as incurred and are included in sales and distribution expenses. Shipping and handling expense is included in our condensed consolidated statements of operations in sales and distribution expenses. This includes pick and pack costs and outbound transportation costs to ship goods to customers performed by e-commerce platforms (“FBA”) or incurred directly by us, through our own direct fulfillment platform, which leverages AIMEE and our third-party logistics partners. Our sales and distribution expenses, specifically our logistics expenses and online advertising, will vary quarter to quarter as they are dependent on our sales volume, our product mix (i.e., products in the launch phase or sustain phase) and whether we fulfill products ourselves, i.e., FBM, or through e-commerce platform service providers, i.e., fulfillment by Amazon (“FBA”). After a product launches and reaches the sustain phase, we seek to maintain the product within its targeted level of profitability. This profitability can be impacted as each product has a unique fulfillment cost due to its size and weight. As such, products with less expensive fulfilment costs as a percentage of net revenue may allow for a lower gross margin, while still maintaining their targeted profitability level. Conversely, products with higher fulfillment costs will need to achieve a higher gross margin to maintain their targeted level of profitability. In the fourth quarter of 2019, we began expanding our third-party warehouse network to add FBM One Day Prime delivery. We believe this expansion will cover approximately 90% of the U.S. market by approximately the end of the first quarter of 2020.  We believe that the increase in warehouse costs associated with this expansion will be more than offset by the decrease in shipping costs to customers as the average last mile shipping zones will decrease due to our increased reach.

General and Administrative Expenses—General and administrative expenses include compensation and employee benefits for executive management, finance administration, legal and human resources, facility costs, travel, professional service fees and other general overhead costs, including the costs of being a public company.

Interest Expense, Net— Interest expense, net includes the interest cost from our credit facility and term loans and includes amortization of deferred finance costs and debt discounts from our current and prior credit facilities and prior term loan with MidCap and our current term loan with Horizon.

Inflation and Changing Prices

We believe that inflation and changing prices have had an immaterial effect on our net revenue or our business, financial condition or results of operations during the years-ended December 31, 2018 and 2019.

Other Operating and Financial Data:

We have presented the following non-GAAP measures to assist investors in understanding our core net operating results on an on-going basis: (i) Contribution Margin; (ii) Contribution margin as a percentage of net revenue; (iii) Adjusted EBITDA; and (iv) Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net revenue. These non-GAAP financial measures may also assist investors in making comparisons of the Company’s core operating results with those of other companies.

We believe EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net revenue are useful to investors in assessing the operating performance of our business without the effect of non-cash items, while Contribution margin and Contribution margin as a percentage of net revenue are useful to investors in assessing the operating performance of our products as they represent our operating results without the effects of fixed costs and non-cash items.  Contribution margin, Contribution margin as a percentage of net revenues, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net revenue, should not be considered in isolation or as alternatives to net loss, loss from operations or any other measure of financial performance calculated and prescribed in accordance with GAAP.

We recognize that both EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net revenue, have limitations as analytical financial measures. For example, neither EBITDA nor Adjusted EBITDA reflects:

 

our capital expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or merger and acquisitions;

 

the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest expense or principal payments, associated with indebtedness;

46


 

 

depreciation and amortization, which are non-cash charges, although the assets being depreciated and amortized will likely have to be replaced in the future, or any cash requirements for the replacement of assets; or

 

changes in cash requirements for our working capital needs.

 

Additionally, Adjusted EBITDA excludes non-cash expense for stock-based compensation, which is an element of our overall long-term incentive compensation package.

 

 

 

Year-Ended

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

Contribution margin

 

$

(7,789

)

 

$

2,489

 

Contribution margin as a percentage of net revenue

 

 

(10.6

)%

 

 

2.2

%

EBITDA

 

$

(29,162

)

 

$

(54,191

)

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

(28,557

)

 

$

(19,469

)

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net revenue

 

 

(39.0

)%

 

 

(17.0

)%

 

Contribution Margin

Contribution margin represents operating loss plus general and administrative expenses, research and development expenses and fixed sales and distribution expenses. Contribution margin as a percentage of net revenues represents Contribution margin divided by net revenue. The following table provides a reconciliation of Contribution margin to operating loss, which is the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with GAAP:

 

 

 

Year-Ended

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

Operating loss

 

$

(29,429

)

 

$

(54,333

)

Add:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

11,290

 

 

 

33,506

 

Research and development expenses

 

 

3,655

 

 

 

10,661

 

Sales and distribution fixed expenses, including

   stock-based compensation expense

 

 

6,695

 

 

 

12,655

 

Contribution margin

 

$

(7,789

)

 

$

2,489

 

Contribution margin as a percentage of net revenue

 

 

(10.6

)%

 

 

2.2

%

 

47


 

Adjusted EBITDA

EBITDA represents net loss plus depreciation and amortization, interest expense, net and income tax expense.  Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA plus stock-based compensation expense and other expense, net.  As used herein, Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net revenues represents Adjusted EBITDA divided by net revenue.  The following table provides a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, which is the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with GAAP:

 

 

 

Year-Ended

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(31,823

)

 

$

(58,789

)

Add (deduct)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

55

 

 

 

29

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

2,353

 

 

 

4,386

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

253

 

 

 

183

 

EBITDA

 

 

(29,162

)

 

 

(54,191

)

Other (Income) expense, net

 

 

(14

)

 

 

41

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

619

 

 

 

34,681

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

(28,557

)

 

$

(19,469

)

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net revenue

 

 

(39.0

)%

 

 

(17.0

)%

Results of Operations

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, together with the changes in those items in dollars:

 

 

 

Year-Ended

December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

$

73,279

 

 

$

114,451

 

 

$

41,172

 

 

 

56.2

%

Cost of goods sold

 

 

47,296

 

 

 

69,411

 

 

 

22,115

 

 

 

46.8

 

Gross profit

 

 

25,983

 

 

 

45,040

 

 

 

19,057

 

 

 

73.3

 

Sales and distribution expenses (1)

 

 

40,467

 

 

 

55,206

 

 

 

14,739

 

 

 

36.4

 

Research and development expenses (1)

 

 

3,655

 

 

 

10,661

 

 

 

7,006

 

 

 

191.7

 

General and administrative expenses (1)

 

 

11,290

 

 

 

33,506

 

 

 

22,216

 

 

 

196.8

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

55,412

 

 

 

99,373

 

 

 

43,961

 

 

 

79.3

 

Operating loss

 

 

(29,429

)

 

 

(54,333

)

 

 

(24,904

)

 

 

84.6

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

2,353

 

 

 

4,386

 

 

 

2,033

 

 

 

86.4

 

Other (income) expense, net

 

 

(14

)

 

 

41

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

(392.9

)

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(31,768

)

 

 

(58,760

)

 

 

(26,992

)

 

 

85.0

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

55

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

(26

)

 

 

(47.3

)

Net loss

 

$

(31,823

)

 

$

(58,789

)

 

$

(26,966

)

 

 

84.7

%

 

48


 

(1)Amounts include stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

 

 

Years-end December 31,

 

 

Change

 

  

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and distribution expenses

 

$

69

 

 

$

7,358

 

 

$

7,289

 

 

 

10563.8

%

Research and development expenses

 

 

25

 

 

 

5,711

 

 

 

5,686

 

 

 

22,744.0

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

525

 

 

 

21,612

 

 

 

21,087

 

 

 

4,016.6

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

 

$

619

 

 

$

34,681

 

 

$

34,062

 

 

 

5502.7

%

 

The following table sets forth the components of our results of operations as a percentage of net revenue:

 

 

 

Year-Ended

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

Net revenue

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

Cost of goods sold

 

 

64.5

 

 

 

60.6

 

Gross margin

 

 

35.5

 

 

 

39.4

 

Sales and distribution expenses

 

 

55.2

 

 

 

48.2

 

Research and development expenses

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

9.3

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

15.4

 

 

 

29.3

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

75.6

 

 

 

86.8

 

Operating loss

 

 

(40.1

)

 

 

(47.4

)

Interest expense, net

 

 

3.2

 

 

 

3.8

 

Other (income) expense, net

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

0.0

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(43.3

)

 

 

(51.2

)

Provision for income taxes

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.0

 

Net loss

 

 

(43.4

)%

 

 

(51.2

)%

 

Net Revenue

 

Revenue by Sales Channels: The following table sets forth our net revenue disaggregated by sales channels:

 

 

 

Year-Ended

December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

$

69,055

 

 

$

111,358

 

 

$

42,303

 

 

 

61.3

%

Wholesale

 

 

3,728

 

 

 

1,408

 

 

 

(2,320

)

 

 

(62.2

)

Managed SaaS

 

 

496

 

 

 

1,685

 

 

 

1,189

 

 

 

239.7

 

Net revenue

 

$

73,279

 

 

$

114,451

 

 

$

41,172

 

 

 

56.2

%

 

49


 

Revenue by Product Categories: The following table sets forth our net revenue disaggregated by product categories:

 

 

 

Year-Ended

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Environmental appliances (i.e., dehumidifiers and air

   conditioners)

 

$

34,017

 

 

$

64,521

 

Small home appliances

 

 

14,800

 

 

 

24,621

 

Cosmetics, skincare, and health supplements

 

 

2,464

 

 

 

11,195

 

Cookware, kitchen tools and gadgets

 

 

11,463

 

 

 

6,872

 

Hair appliances and accessories

 

 

6,510

 

 

 

3,341

 

All others

 

 

3,529

 

 

 

2,216

 

Total net product revenue

 

 

72,783

 

 

 

112,766

 

Managed SaaS

 

 

496

 

 

 

1,685

 

Total net revenue

 

$

73,279

 

 

$

114,451

 

 

Net revenue increased $41.2 million, or 56.2%, to $114.5 million during the year-ended December 31, 2019 compared to $73.3 million for the year-ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily attributed to increased direct sales volume of $42.3 million from new products launched in 2019 and the full year 2019 impact of products released in 2018. We also saw a decrease in wholesale revenue of $2.3 million versus the prior year. Although the wholesale market is not a strategic focus, we may market mature products within our portfolio that reach liquidation phase via wholesale arrangements. Finally, we saw an increase in managed SaaS revenue of $1.2 million for 2019 from full year revenue of brands signed in late 2018 and certain AIMEE pilot programs offered to third party brands in 2019.

Environmental appliances (i.e., dehumidifiers and air conditioners) accounted for approximately $34.0 million in net revenue in 2018 and accounted for $64.5 million in net revenue for 2019, an increase of  89.7% versus 2018 from new products launched and growth in our existing products. We continued to expand our small home appliances products, which increased in net revenue to $24.6 million in 2019, an increase of 66.4% as compared to 2018. We started to sell cosmetics, skincare, and health supplements in 2018 which generated $2.5 million in net revenue for 2018 and $11.2 million in net revenue in 2019, an increase of $8.7 million. Net revenue from cookware, kitchen tools and gadgets decreased year-over-year by approximately $4.6 million as we focused the products in the category to only the most profitable SKUs. We recorded fewer sales of hair appliances and accessories and all other categories as we continue to focus our overall product portfolio, reducing net revenue from $10.0 million in 2018 to $5.6 million in 2019, a decrease of $4.5 million.

Cost of Goods Sold and Gross Margin

 

 

 

Year-Ended

December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Cost of goods sold

 

$

47,296

 

 

$

69,411

 

 

$

22,115

 

 

 

46.8

 

Gross profit

 

$

25,983

 

 

$

45,040

 

 

$

19,057

 

 

 

73.3

 

 

Cost of goods sold increased $22.1 million, or 46.8%, to $69.4 million during the year-ended December 31, 2019 compared to $47.3 million for the year-ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily attributed to increased sales volume from new products launched in 2019 and the full year 2019 impact of products released in 2018.

Gross margin increased to 39.4% for the year-ended December 31, 2019 compared to 35.5% for the year-ended December 31, 2018.  The improvement in gross margin was due to the increase in direct sales, which carry better margins than our wholesale business, improved product unit economics, as compared to the year-ended December 31, 2018, and the increase in our managed SaaS business. The year-ended December 31, 2018 includes a recall charge of $1.6 million.  The year-ended December 31, 2019 includes the recall reserve reversal of $1.4 million, an accrual for governmental agency penalties of $0.3 million, liquidation charges of certain older products and expired health supplement products of $0.8 million. In addition, our gross margin may be impacted by our product mix (i.e., number of products in the sustain or launch phase).

50


 

Sales and Distribution Expenses

 

 

 

Year-Ended

December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and distribution expenses

 

$

40,467

 

 

$

55,206

 

 

$

14,739

 

 

 

36.4

 

 

Sales and distribution expenses increased by $14.7 million from $40.5 million for the year-ended December 31, 2018 to $55.2 million for the year-ended December 31, 2019. The increase in sales and distribution expenses for the year-ended December 31, 2019 compared to the prior year period was primarily attributable to the increase in sales volumes and the resulting increase in net revenue, which increased e-commerce platform commissions, online advertising and logistic expenses by $8.8 million to $42.6 million for the year-ended December 31, 2019 from $33.7 million in 2018 and an increase in stock-based compensation which rose from $0.1 million for the year-ended December 31, 2018 to $7.4 million for the year-ended December 31, 2019. Sales and distribution expenses fixed costs (i.e., salary, office expenses) decreased by $1.3 million from $6.6 million for the year-ended December 31, 2018 to $5.3 million for the year-ended December 31, 2019 as we relocated certain creative and operation functions to lower costs regions. The increase in stock-based compensation expense relates to stock options granted in December 2018 pursuant to the 2018 Plan and grants of restricted stock awards pursuant to the 2019 Plan, which we began to expense as of the closing date of our IPO.

As a percentage of net revenue, sales and distribution expenses decreased to 48.2% in the year-ended December 31, 2019 from 55.2% in the year-ended December 31, 2018. E-commerce platform commissions, online advertising and logistic expenses included within sales and distribution expenses, as a percentage of net revenue, were 37.2% for the year-ended December 31, 2019 as compared to 46.1% for the year-ended December 31, 2018. These variable costs decreased as we started, late in the second quarter of 2018, to fulfill product sales ourselves, leveraging our direct fulfillment platform (i.e., FBM), instead of fulfilling through e-commerce platform service providers (i.e., FBA), which allowed us to reduce our logistics spend and improve our product unit economics, especially on oversized goods. We have also been expanding our automation of online advertising spend as part of our product management, including launches, which reduces our marketing spend per product. We may see future period improvements in sales and distribution expenses as a percentage of net revenue as we continue to automate our online advertising, optimize our fulfillment operations cost and further add product revenue volume to allow us to further leverage our sales and distribution fixed costs. However, those savings may vary on a quarter to quarter basis due to seasonality and product mix.

Research and Development Expenses

 

 

 

Year-Ended

December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development expenses

 

$

3,655

 

 

$

10,661

 

 

$

7,006

 

 

 

191.7

 

 

Research and development expenses increased by $7.0 million from 3.7 million for the year-ended December 31, 2018 to $10.7 million for the year-ended December 31, 2019. The increase in research and development expenses was attributable to an increase in our developers and related development support costs of $1.3 million as we continue to invest in AIMEE and stock-based compensation expense of $5.7 million. The increase in stock-based compensation expense relates to stock options granted in December 2018 pursuant to the 2018 Plan and grants of restricted stock awards pursuant to the 2019 Equity Plan which we began to expense as of the closing date of our IPO.

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

 

 

Year-Ended

December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses

 

$

11,290

 

 

$

33,506

 

 

$

22,216

 

 

 

196.8

 

 

General and administrative expenses increased by $22.2 million from $11.3 million for the year-ended December 31, 2018 to $33.5 million for the year-ended December 31, 2019. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to an increase in stock-based compensation expense of $21.1 million from the issuance of stock options to employees and an increase in insurance expense, primarily related to directors and officers insurance, of $2.0 million which commenced as of the closing date of our IPO, offset by a decrease in salary, office costs and professional fees of $0.9 million.  The increase in stock-based compensation

51


 

expense relates to stock options granted in December 2018 pursuant to the 2018 Plan and grants of restricted stock awards pursuant to the 2019 Equity Plan, which we began to expense as of the closing date of our IPO.

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

 

 

 

Year-Ended

December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

$

55,412

 

 

$

99,373

 

 

$

43,961

 

 

 

79.3

 

 

Total operating expenses increased by $44.0 million from $55.4 million for the year-ended December 31, 2018 to $99.4 million for the year-ended December 31, 2019.  The increase is attributable to the increase in sales volumes and the resulting increase in net revenue, which increased e-commerce platform commissions, online advertising and logistic expenses (i.e., variable expenses) by $8.8 million for the year-ended December 31, 2019, an increase in stock-based compensation expense of $34.1 million from the issuance of stock options to employees in the fourth quarter of 2018 and slight increase in fixed costs, predominately research and development expenses, of $1.1 million.

Interest expense, net

 

 

 

Year-Ended

December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

$

2,353

 

 

$

4,386

 

 

$

2,033

 

 

 

86.4

 

 

Interest expense, net increased by $2.0 million from $2.4 million for the year-ended December 31, 2018 to $4.4 million for the year-ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily related to interest expense from increased borrowings from our credit facility with MidCap and our term loan with Horizon. We expect interest expense to continue to increase as we continue to utilize our credit facility and purchase additional inventories as part of our growth strategy.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash Flows for Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

The following table provides information regarding our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year- Ended

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Cash used in operating activities

 

$

(30,345

)

 

$

(25,200

)

Cash used in investing activities

 

 

(26

)

 

 

(1,284

)

Cash provided by financing activities

 

 

45,293

 

 

 

36,566

 

Effect of exchange rate on cash

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(1

)

Net change in cash and restricted cash for period

 

$

14,911

 

 

$

10,081

 

 

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $25.2 million for the year-ended December 31, 2019 compared to $30.3 million of net cash used in operating activities for the year-ended December 31, 2018. The decrease of $5.1 million in cash used in operating activities was primarily due to the decrease in cash operating losses in the year-ended December 31, 2019 of $7.5 million as compared to prior year. Cash used in operating activities was impacted by a decrease in working capital of $2.4 million as compared to the prior year from inventory, offset by accounts payable, accruals and other liabilities.

52


 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $1.3 million for the year-ended December 31, 2019 and was primarily attributable to the acquisition of the assets of a personal wellness company (the “Aussie Health Assets”).

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

For the year-ended December 31, 2018, cash provided by financing activities was $45.3 million primarily due to the proceeds from Mohawk Opco’s Series C financing of $27.4 million, net of expenses, borrowings from the New Credit Facility (as defined below) of $10.9 million and proceeds from the Term Loan (as defined below) of $14.8 million, net of expenses, for the year-ended December 31, 2018, offset by the repayments of the 2017 Term Loan of $6.8 million and payments of $0.9 million equity offering costs which were deferred.

For the year-ended December 31, 2019, cash provided by financing activities of $36.6 million was primarily from the net proceeds of our IPO of $30.6 million, net proceeds from insurance financing of $1.0 million and $5.0 million in credit facility borrowings net of payments related to debt issuance costs.

Sources of Liquidity

 

Liquidity and Going Concern- We are an early-stage growth company. Accordingly, we endeavor to continuously invest in the launch of new products, the development of our software, and the expansion of our sales and distribution infrastructure in order to accelerate revenue growth and scale operations to support such growth. To fund these investments, we have historically obtained financing and raised capital since our inception with the expectation that we will generate profits in the future. We intend to continue to our strategy of investing in growth by launching new products, developing our software and expanding our sales and distribution operations for the foreseeable future.  

As a result of our historical investments, we incurred operating losses of $54.3 million for the year-ended December 31, 2019, an accumulated deficit of $129.8 million, cash on hand of $30.4 million, and total outstanding borrowing from lenders of $35.1 million with no available capacity on borrowings as of December 31, 2019. Since inception through December 31, 2019, we have raised $102.0 million in equity financing to fund our operations, including the net proceeds from our IPO.

At the time of the preparation of our December 31, 2019 consolidated financial statements, management’s financial forecast for the next 12 months includes a number of actions to improve results of operations and cash flow. However, the COVID-19 virus and other factors creates significant uncertainty regarding our ability to implement and execute on our plans which include:

 

Revenue growth from existing product sales and new product launches;

 

Improvement in gross margins thorough better costing and product mix;

 

Improvement in fulfillment-related costs; and

 

Extension of certain vendor terms with certain manufacturers.

In addition, while we anticipate we will remain in compliance with the covenants prescribed by its existing financing arrangements, there can be no assurance that our operating forecast and cash flows for the twelve months following the issuance of the accompanying consolidated financial statements will be attained such that we will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants or generate sufficient liquidity to fund its ongoing operations.  These negative financial conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern as of December 31, 2019.

 

Management plans to continue to closely monitor our operating forecast and cash flows, and we may pursue additional sources of financing and/or capital to fund our operations.  If we are unable to improve our operating results, increase our operating cash inflows, and/or obtain additional sources of financing and capital on acceptable terms (if at all), we may have to make significant changes to our operating plan, such as delay expenditures, reduce investments in new products, delay the development of our software, reduce our sale and distribution infrastructure, or otherwise significantly reduce the scope of our business.

 

53


 

Coronavirus Outbreak

In January 2020, the recent outbreak of a novel strain of coronavirus was first identified that had an unfavorable impact to our key manufacturing partners.  Substantially all of our products are sourced and manufactured in China, including new products that it expects to launch during 2020. In addition, we rely upon our team in Shenzhen for a number of functions relating to product sourcing and development, among other things. Our key manufacturing partner in China that was re-opened as of February 10, 2020 and reached over 90% capacity early in March 2020. This key manufacturer is expected to manufacture over 30% of our inventory in 2020. 

In late March 2020, the outbreak of COVID-19 (coronavirus) caused by a novel strain of the coronavirus has recently been recognized as a pandemic by the World Health Organization, and the outbreak has become increasingly widespread in the United States. COVID-19 (coronavirus) has had a notable impact on general economic conditions, including but not limited to the temporary closures of many businesses, “shelter in place” and other governmental regulations, reduced consumer spending due to both job losses and other effects attributable to the COVID-19 (coronavirus), and there are many unknowns. In light of the uncertainty as to the severity and duration of the pandemic, the impact on our revenues, profitability and financial position is uncertain at this time.

MidCap Credit Facility and Term Loan

On November 23, 2018, we exited the three-year, $15.0 million revolving credit facility (the “2017 Credit Facility”) with MidCap pursuant to the MidCap Credit Agreement and entered into the three-year, $25.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) with MidCap. The Credit Facility can be increased, subject to certain conditions, to $50.0 million. Loans under the Credit Facility are determined based on percentages of our eligible accounts receivable and eligible inventory. The Credit Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus 5.75% for outstanding borrowings. We are required to pay a facility availability fee of 0.5% on the average unused portion of the facility. The Credit Facility contains a minimum liquidity financial covenant that requires us to maintain a minimum of $5.0 million in cash on hand or availability in the Credit Facility. In 2018, we incurred approximately $1.3 million in debt issuance costs which has been offset against the debt and will be expensed over the term of the facility. Unamortized debt issuance costs of $0.7 million, relating to the 2017 Credit Facility, will be amortized in accordance with the terms of the Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2018, there was $14.5 million outstanding on the Credit Facility and an available balance of approximately $0.8 million. As of December 31, 2018, we were in compliance with the financial covenants contained in the Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2019, there was $21.7 million  outstanding on the Credit Facility and an available balance of approximately $0.0 million. As of December 31, 2019, we were in compliance with the financial covenants contained in the Credit Facility.

We recorded interest expense from the credit facilities of approximately $1.2 million and  $2.5 million for the year-ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, which included $0.4 million and $0.7 million relating to issuance costs, respectively.

On December 31, 2018, we repaid the $7.0 million term loan (the “2017 Term Loan”) with MidCap for $4.9 million as part of the entering into the Horizon Loan Agreement, including $0.1 million of a prepayment penalty. We expensed the remaining debt issuance costs related to the 2017 Term Loan of $0.2 million including warrants. We recorded interest expense from the 2017 Term Loan of less than $0.8 million and $0.0 million for the year-ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, which included less than $0.1 million and less than $0.0 million relating to debt issuance costs, respectively.

Horizon Term Loan

On December 31, 2018, we entered into the Horizon Loan Agreement with Horizon. As part of the Horizon Loan Agreement, we obtained a four-year, $15.0 million term loan (the “Term Loan”). The Term Loan bears interest at 9.90% plus the amount by which one-month LIBOR (or, if LIBOR is no longer widely used or available, a successor benchmark rate, which successor rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice, or if there is no consistent market practice, such successor rate shall be applied in a manner reasonably determined by Horizon) exceeds 2.50% for outstanding borrowings. Payments on principal are made on a monthly basis and the maturity date of the Term Loan is January 2023. The Horizon Loan Agreement contains minimum required EBITDA financial covenants that require us to achieve EBITDA of certain amounts based on the amount that we are permitted to borrow under the Credit Facility (the “Revolving Line Indebtedness Cap”). The Horizon Loan Agreement also requires minimum cash on hand at all times of $5.0 million and contains a cash collateral covenant that requires us to maintain a cash collateral account with an amount based on the Revolving Line Indebtedness Cap. The Horizon Loan Agreement also contains restrictive covenants that limit our ability to, among other things, transfer or dispose of assets, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, pay dividends, incur additional indebtedness and liens and enter into new businesses, without Horizon’s consent.

54


 

As of December 31, 2018, there was $15.0 million outstanding on the Term Loan and we were in compliance with the financial covenants contained in the Term Loan. We recorded interest expense from the Term Loan of $1.5 million for the year-ended December 31, 2018, which included $0.1 million relating to debt issuance costs. As of December 31, 2019, there was $15.0 million outstanding on the Term Loan and we were in compliance with the financial covenants contained in the Term Loan. We recorded interest expense from the Term Loan of  $1.5 million for the year-ended December 31, 2019, which included $0.3 million relating to debt issuance costs.

Contractual Obligations

We are a smaller reporting company, as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act and are not required to provide the information required under this item.

2019 Equity Plan and Former Transaction Bonus Plan

Effective March 20, 2019, we established the 2019 Equity Plan. All awards previously allocated under our Transaction Bonus Plan, effective July 9, 2018 (the “Transaction Bonus Plan”) were replaced with grants under the 2019 Equity Plan.

The 2019 Equity Plan was adopted (i) to retain the best available personnel to ensure our success and accomplish our goals, and (ii) to incentivize our employees, directors and consultants with long-term equity-based compensation to align their interests with the interests of our stockholders, in both cases providing for additional compensation for which value will be recognized upon a liquidity event.

A total of 2,426,036 shares of our common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 2019 Equity Plan. The shares of our common stock to be issued under the 2019 Equity Plan shall be authorized, but unissued or reacquired shares, including shares that we repurchased on the open market or otherwise. Any shares that are forfeited, cancelled or are subject to an award that expires shall again be available for issuance under the 2019 Equity Plan. The only type of award permitted under the 2019 Equity Plan is an award of restricted stock (i.e., shares of our common stock that are subject to vesting).

Our board of directors or a committee appointed by our board of directors determines the terms and conditions of awards to be granted under the 2019 Equity Plan and which of our employees, directors and consultants shall receive awards. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our board of directors has approved a standard set of terms and conditions for awards granted under the 2019 Equity Plan, as described below.

In the event of a change in control, each outstanding award shall vest in full, and the participants shall be entitled to receive the same per-share consideration as our common stockholders.

The 2019 Equity Plan contains various provisions permitting our board of directors to terminate or otherwise recapture awards in the event of certain actions by a plan participant, including misuse of confidential information, a participant’s solicitation of certain of our employees and other service providers following termination of employment, or breaches of duties owed to us.

The 2019 Equity Plan terminates by its terms on March 20, 2022, or such earlier date as may be determined by our board of directors. Individual awards may not be modified to the detriment of the participant unless either (i) the participant consents to the modification in writing, or (ii) the modification applies uniformly to all participants and is approved by participants holding at least 70% of the shares subject to awards issued under the 2019 Equity Plan.

Recognizing that awards under the 2019 Equity Plan are intended to replace awards under the Transaction Bonus Plan, our board of directors has determined that the terms of awards to be granted under the 2019 Equity Plan shall, in general, match the terms of awards previously granted under the Transaction Bonus Plan. Restricted shares granted under the 2019 Equity Plan shall vest in substantially equal installments on March 13, 2020, June 14, 2020, December 14, 2020 and June 14, 2021.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a participant’s service is terminated due to an “involuntary termination”, which is generally defined as a termination by us without “cause”, a resignation by the participant for “good reason” or the participant’s death or disability, then all of such participant’s unvested restricted shares shall vest on the date of such involuntary termination unless, within three business days of such termination, (1) the board of directors unanimously determines that such vesting shall not occur and (2) participants holding restricted share awards covering at least 70% of the restricted shares issued and outstanding under the 2019 Equity Plan determine that such vesting shall not occur. In the event of a forfeiture of shares granted under the 2019 Equity Plan, such shares are automatically reallocated to other participants in proportion to the number of shares covered by outstanding awards that

55


 

each such participant holds. By its terms, the 2019 Equity Plan prohibits participants from making 83(b) elections under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which means that participants will recognize ordinary income equal to the fair market value of shares as shares vest and then any additional gain or loss upon subsequent disposition will be long-term capital gain or loss income if shares are held for more than 12 months following vesting, and the 2019 Equity Plan requires that participants make arrangements satisfactory to us to satisfy applicable tax withholding obligations.

Awards granted under the 2019 Equity Plan and not previously forfeited upon termination of service carry dividend and voting rights applicable to our common stock generally, irrespective of any vesting requirement.

On March 20, 2019, we issued, pursuant to our 2019 Equity Plan, an aggregate of 2,406,618 shares of restricted common stock to the former holders of Participation Units. On April 11, 2019, 69,141 shares of restricted common stock were forfeited and returned to the pool of shares of restricted common stock reserved for awards available for future issuance under our 2019 Equity Plan, and on May 17, 2019, 88,548 shares of restricted common stock were issued pursuant to our 2019 Equity Plan.

See Item 11 of Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the 2019 Equity Plan.

Effective July 9, 2018, we established the Transaction Bonus Plan to provide a means by which select employees may be given incentives to remain with Mohawk through a liquidity transaction. Under the Transaction Bonus Plan, our board of directors could, by unanimous approval, grant contractual rights to receive payments (each right, a “Participation Unit”) to any full-time employees or independent contractors that had at least three months of service with us. Each Participation Unit represented a proportional interest in the amount set aside for participants of the Transaction Bonus Plan (the “Plan Pool”). Participation Units were deemed vested (meaning the units were then eligible to vest upon, or following, a subsequent liquidity event) in nine monthly installments on each of the nine monthly anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to continued employment with us or a subsidiary of ours. Upon the closing of a Sale of the Company (as defined in the Transaction Bonus Plan), the Participation Units would immediately and fully vest, subject to continued employment with us or a subsidiary of ours. Upon the closing of a Qualified IPO (as defined in the Transaction Bonus Plan), the Participation Units would immediately vest in full. Following a Qualified IPO, on each of the first four six-month anniversaries of the Qualified IPO, a participant was entitled to payments and distributions equal to 25% of the participant’s proportional interest of the Plan Pool, subject to continued service with us, but subject to earlier payment in the event of certain terminations of employment. If payments were triggered by the occurrence of a Qualified IPO, the Plan Pool would have been deemed funded one-third in cash and two-thirds in our common stock. The Transaction Bonus Plan was replaced by the 2019 Equity Plan and all awards previously allocated under the Transaction Bonus Plan were replaced with grants under the 2019 Equity Plan.

As of December 31, 2018, we had allocated 99.20% of the total Participation Units under the Transaction Bonus Plan, including 66.65% of the total Participation Units to our executive officers. No expense was recorded as of December 31, 2018, as the Transaction Bonus Plan was contingent on closing of the Sale of the Company or a Qualified IPO and the amount shares to be issued and value of such shares was to be determined based upon the value of such Qualified IPO or Sale of the Company. The Transaction Bonus Plan has subsequently been replaced by our 2019 Equity Plan. Under ASC Topic 718, we will treat each award in substance as multiple awards as a result of the graded vesting and that there is more than one requisite service period.  Upon prerequisite service period becoming probable, the day of the IPO, we recorded a cumulative catch up expense and the remaining expense will be recorded under graded vesting.

Stock-based compensation expense for restricted shares granted, which is primarily comprised of the 2019 Equity Plan, as we completed a “Qualified IPO” in June 2019, was $28.4 million for the year-ended December 31, 2019. No restricted shares vested during the year-ended December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2019, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested restricted shares was $19.4 million, which the Company expects to recognize over an estimated weighted-average period of 1.23 years.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Variable Interest Entities

We do not currently have any off-balance sheet arrangements and did not have any such arrangements during the years-ended December 31, 2018 and 2019. We have not entered any off-balance sheet arrangements during the year-ended December 31, 2019 and do not have any holdings in variable interest entities.

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make judgments and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses

56


 

and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our financial statements. The most significant estimates relate to the determination of fair value of our common stock and stock-based compensation, prior to our IPO. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our judgments and estimates in light of changes in circumstances, facts and experience. The effects of material revisions in estimates, if any, will be reflected in the financial statements prospectively from the date of change in estimates.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the notes to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we believe the following accounting policies used in the preparation of our financial statements require the most significant judgments and estimates.

Revenue Recognition—We account for revenue in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Our revenue is generated from the sale of finished product to customers, through online retail channels and through wholesale channels. Those sales contain a single delivery element and revenue is recognized at a single point in time when ownership, risks and rewards transfer. Revenue from consumer product sales is recorded at the net sales price (transaction price), which includes an estimate of future returns based on historical return rates. There is judgment in utilizing historical trends for estimating future returns. Our refund liability for sales returns was $0.3 million and $0.5 million at December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, which is included in accrued liabilities and represents the expected value of the refund that will be due to our customers.

Inventory and cost of goods sold—Our inventory consists almost entirely of finished goods. We currently record inventory on our balance sheet on a first-in first-out (“FIFO”) basis, or net realizable value, if it is below our recorded cost. Our costs include the amounts we pay manufacturers for product, tariffs and duties associated with transporting product across national borders and freight costs associated with transporting the product from our manufacturers to our warehouses, as applicable.

Stock-Based Compensation—Stock-based compensation expense to employees is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the awards and recognized in the consolidated statements of operations over the period during which the employee is required to perform services in exchange for the award (the vesting period of the award). We estimate the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period of the applicable award using the straight-line attribution method.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of our underlying common stock, the expected term of stock options, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

These assumptions are estimated as follows:

 

Fair Value of Common Stock. Using the methodology discussed below in the section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K titled “Critical Accounting Policies and Use of EstimatesStock-Based CompensationCommon Stock Valuation”;

 

Risk-Free Interest Rate. We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes valuation model on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with an equivalent remaining term of the stock options for each stock option group.

 

Expected Term. We determine the expected term based on the average period the stock options are expected to remain outstanding generally calculated as the midpoint of the stock options vesting term and contractual expiration period, as we do not have sufficient historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior.

 

Expected Volatility. Because our common stock recently began trading publicly, we determine the price volatility factor based on the historical volatility of publicly-traded industry peers. To determine our peer group of companies, we consider public companies in the technology industry and select those that are similar to us in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage. We do not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity is relatively low.

 

Expected Dividend Yield. We have not paid and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future and, therefore, use an expected dividend yield of zero.

57


 

If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model changes significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously. We recognize forfeitures as they occur, which results in a reduction in compensation expense at the time of forfeiture.

Common Stock Valuation Prior to our IPO, the fair value of our common stock underlying stock options has historically been determined by our board of directors, with assistance from management and contemporaneous third-party valuations. Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the Practice Aid, our board of directors has exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock at each grant date. These factors include:

 

contemporaneous third-party valuations of our common stock;

 

our operating and financial performance;

 

current business conditions and projections;

 

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

the lack of marketability of our common stock;

 

the market performance of comparable publicly-traded e-commerce and technology companies; and

 

the U.S. and global economic and capital market conditions and outlook.

In determining the fair value of our common stock, our board of directors estimated the enterprise value of our business using the market approach and the income approach. Under the income approach, forecasted cash flows are discounted to the present value at a risk-adjusted discount rate. The valuation analysis determines discrete free cash flows over several years based on forecast financial information provided by our management and a terminal value for the residual period beyond the discrete forecast, which are discounted at our estimated weighted-average cost of capital to estimate our enterprise value. Under the market approach, we select a group of guideline publicly-traded companies with similar financial and operating characteristics as us, and calculate valuation multiples based on the guideline public companies’ financial information and market data. Based on the observed valuation multiples, an appropriate multiple was selected to apply to our historical and forecasted revenue results. The estimated enterprise value is then allocated to the common stock using the Option Pricing Method (“OPM”), and the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method (“PWERM”), or the hybrid method. The hybrid method applied the PWERM utilizing the probability of an exit scenario, and the OPM was used in the remaining private scenario.

For options granted prior to October 2018, we have used a hybrid method to determine the fair value of our common stock. Under the hybrid method, multiple valuation approaches were used and then combined into a single probability weighted valuation using a PWERM. Our approach for options granted starting in October 1, 2018 included the use of an initial public offering scenario and a scenario assuming continued operation as a private entity.

Subsequent to the completion of our IPO in June 2019, the fair value per share of our common stock for purposes of determining stock-based compensation is the closing price of our common stock as reported on the applicable grant date.

JOBS Act

In April 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” (“EGC”) can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, as a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that we can elect to opt out of the extended transition period at any time, which election is irrevocable.

In addition, as an EGC, we have taken advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

58


 

We will remain an EGC until the earlier of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our IPO, or December 31, 2024; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC (i.e., the first day of the fiscal year after we have (1) more than $700.0 million in outstanding common equity held by our non-affiliates, measured each year on the last day of our second fiscal quarter, and (2) been public for at least 12 months).

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The JOBS Act permits an emerging growth company to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period until we are no longer an emerging growth company or until we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Adopted Accounting Standards

In November 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows: Restricted Cash (Topic 230) (“ASU 2016-18”). ASU 2016-18 requires that the statement of cash flows explains the change during the period in the total cash and restricted cash. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash should be included with cash when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. ASU 2016-18 requires retrospective application for all periods presented and as a result we have recasted our condensed statement of cash flows for the year-ended December 31, 2018 to reflect the adoption of ASU 2016-18, which was implemented on January 1, 2019.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718) Scope of Modification Accounting, which provides guidance on the various types of changes which would trigger modification accounting for share-based payment awards. In summary, an entity would not apply modification accounting if the fair value, vesting conditions and classification of the awards are the same immediately before and after the modification. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those annual periods. The amendments are applied prospectively to awards modified on or after the adoption date. The new guidance was adopted on January 1, 2019 with no material impact on the condensed consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”), which requires lessees to record most leases on their balance sheets but recognize the expenses on their income statements in a manner similar to current practice. ASU 2016-02 states that a lessee would recognize a lease liability for the obligation to make lease payments and a right-to-use asset for the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. In July 2019, the FASB delayed the effective date for this ASU. This ASU is effective for all annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the effect that the updated standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-02, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) (“ASU 2018-02”). ASU 2018-02 addresses the effect of the change in the U.S. federal corporate tax rate due to the enactment of the December 22, 2017 Tax Act on items within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The guidance will be effective for all annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. While we have not completed our evaluation of the impact of adoption of this standard, we do not expect it to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which changes the fair value measurement disclosure requirements of ASC Topic 820. The amendments in this ASU are the result of a broader disclosure project called FASB Concepts Statement, Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting—Chapter 8: Notes to Financial Statements. This ASU is effective for all annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods therein. Early adoption is permitted for any eliminated or modified disclosures upon issuance of this ASU. While we have not completed our evaluation of the impact of adoption of this standard, we do not expect it to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

59


 

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-based Payment Accounting, which expands the scope of ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, which currently only includes share-based payments issued to employees, to also include share-based payments issued to nonemployees for goods and services. This ASU is effective for all annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods therein. While we have not completed our evaluation of the impact of adoption of this standard, we do not expect it to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13: Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326). This ASU requires the use of an expected loss model for certain types of financial instruments and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to calculate credit loss estimates. For trade receivables, loans and held-to-maturity debt securities, an estimate of lifetime expected credit losses is required. For available-for-sale debt securities, an allowance for credit losses will be required rather than a reduction to the carrying value of the asset. This standard is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. While we have not completed our evaluation of the impact of adoption of this standard, we do not expect it to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

 

We are a smaller reporting company, as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act and are not required to provide the information required under this item.

 

60


 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

MOHAWK GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2019

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Year-Ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Year-Ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Year-Ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Year-Ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year-Ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

F-8

 

Financial Statement Schedule:

 

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the Year-Ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

F-30

 

F-1


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of

Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows, for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes and the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s stated growth strategy has resulted in operating losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception which raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

New York, New York

March 30, 2020  

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

 

* * * * * *

 

F-2


 

MOHAWK GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

20,029

 

 

$

30,353

 

Accounts receivable—net

 

 

1,403

 

 

 

1,059

 

Inventory

 

 

30,552

 

 

 

36,212

 

Prepaid and other current assets

 

 

5,418

 

 

 

5,395

 

Total current assets

 

 

57,402

 

 

 

73,019

 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—net

 

 

268

 

 

 

175

 

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES—net

 

 

 

 

 

1,055

 

OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

337

 

 

 

175

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

58,007

 

 

$

74,424

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit facility

 

$

14,451

 

 

$

21,657

 

Accounts payable

 

 

15,404

 

 

 

21,064

 

Term loan

 

 

 

 

 

3,000

 

Accrued and other current liabilities

 

 

9,708

 

 

 

7,505

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

39,563

 

 

 

53,226

 

OTHER LIABILITIES

 

 

26

 

 

 

4

 

TERM LOANS

 

 

13,049

 

 

 

10,467

 

Total liabilities

 

 

52,638

 

 

 

63,697

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 12)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share—500,000,000 shares authorized and

   11,534,190 shares outstanding at December 31, 2018; 500,000,000 shares authorized

   and 17,736,649 shares outstanding at December 31, 2019

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

76,348

 

 

 

140,477

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(71,020

)

 

 

(129,809

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

40

 

 

 

57

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

5,369

 

 

 

10,727

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

$

58,007

 

 

$

74,424

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3


 

MOHAWK GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

NET REVENUE

 

$

73,279

 

 

$

114,451

 

COST OF GOODS SOLD

 

 

47,296

 

 

 

69,411

 

GROSS PROFIT

 

 

25,983

 

 

 

45,040

 

OPERATING EXPENSES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

3,655

 

 

 

10,661

 

Sales and distribution

 

 

40,467

 

 

 

55,206

 

General and administrative

 

 

11,290

 

 

 

33,506

 

TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES:

 

 

55,412

 

 

 

99,373

 

OPERATING LOSS

 

 

(29,429

)

 

 

(54,333

)

INTEREST EXPENSE—net

 

 

2,353

 

 

 

4,386

 

OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE— net

 

 

(14

)

 

 

41

 

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

(31,768

)

 

 

(58,760

)

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

 

 

55

 

 

 

29

 

NET LOSS

 

$

(31,823

)

 

$

(58,789

)

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

 

$

(3.13

)

 

$

(4.35

)

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding, basic and diluted

 

 

10,160,879

 

 

 

13,516,844

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


 

MOHAWK GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

NET LOSS

 

$

(31,823

)

 

$

(58,789

)

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

83

 

 

 

17

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

83

 

 

 

17

 

COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

$

(31,740

)

 

$

(58,772

)

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


 

MOHAWK GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional

Paid-in

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

 

 

Total

Stockholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Income/(Loss)

 

 

Equity

 

BALANCE—January 1,2018

 

 

8,575,950

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

47,393

 

 

$

(39,197

)

 

$

(43

)

 

$

8,154

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(31,823

)

 

 

 

 

 

(31,823

)

Issuance of 5,992,750 of preferred shares of series

   C in April 2018 converted at 0.2564 per share

   into common stock as part of the Merger (1)

 

 

1,536,602

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,972

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,972

 

Issuance of 1,915,916 of preferred shares of series

   C-1 in September 2018 converted at 0.2564 per

   share into common stock as part of the

   Merger (1)

 

 

491,260

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,417

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,417

 

Issuance of common shares—Merger (1)

 

 

897,435

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common shares to holders of series B

   for anti-dilution rights as part of Merger (1)

 

 

28,478

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of warrants related to debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

929

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

929

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

619

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

619

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

4,465

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

83

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2018

 

 

11,534,190

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

76,348

 

 

$

(71,020

)

 

$

40

 

 

$

5,369

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(58,789

)

 

 

 

 

 

(58,789

)

Issuance of 2,406,618 shares of restricted common stock on March 20, 2019 (see Note 11)

 

 

2,406,618

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of 88,548 shares of restricted common stock on May 17, 2019 and forfeiture of 69,141 shares of restricted common stock (see Note 11)

 

 

19,407

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of 64,982 shares of restricted common stock on June 12, 2019 (see Note 11)

 

 

64,982

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of 3,600,000 shares of common stock on June 14, 2019, net of professional fees and offering costs (see Note 11)

 

 

3,600,000

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

29,446

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,447

 

Issuance of 84,975 shares of restricted common stock in August 2019 (see Note 11)

 

 

84,975

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of 74,510 shares of restricted common stock in November 2019 and forfeiture of 48,520 shares of restricted common stock (see Note 11)

 

 

25,990

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34,681

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34,681

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

487

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

17

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2019

 

 

17,736,649

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

140,477

 

 

$

(129,809

)

 

$

57

 

 

$

10,727

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

(1)

See note 10 accompanying the financial statements

F-6


 

MOHAWK GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Year-Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(31,823

)

 

$

(58,789

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

253

 

 

 

183

 

Provision for sales returns

 

 

78

 

 

 

134

 

Amortization of deferred financing cost and debt discounts

 

 

667

 

 

 

1,218

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

619

 

 

 

34,681

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

Other

 

 

90

 

 

 

59

 

Loss on early extinguishment on Midcap term loan

 

 

97

 

 

 

 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(70

)

 

 

309

 

Inventory

 

 

(9,974

)

 

 

(5,360

)

Prepaid and other current assets

 

 

(1,153

)

 

 

(1,004

)

Accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities

 

 

10,871

 

 

 

3,334

 

Cash used in operating activities

 

 

(30,345

)

 

 

(25,200

)

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of fixed assets

 

 

(61

)

 

 

(114

)

Cash consideration for acquisition of Aussie Health

 

 

 

 

 

(1,176

)

Proceeds on sale of fixed assets

 

 

35

 

 

 

6

 

Cash used in investing activities

 

 

(26

)

 

 

(1,284

)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from Initial Public Offering

 

 

 

 

 

36,000

 

Issuance costs from Initial Public Offering

 

 

 

 

 

(5,446

)

Borrowings from Mid Cap credit facility

 

 

62,665

 

 

 

98,663

 

Repayments from Mid Cap credit facility

 

 

(50,784

)

 

 

(92,165

)

Debt issuance costs from Mid Cap credit facility

 

 

(926

)

 

 

(581

)

Debt issuance costs from Horizon term loan

 

 

(215

)

 

 

(900

)

Insurance financing proceeds

 

 

 

 

 

3,833

 

Insurance obligation payments

 

 

 

 

 

(2,783

)

Capital lease obligation payments

 

 

(54

)

 

 

(55

)

Capital lease financing proceeds

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of Series C stock—see Note 10

 

 

23,969

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of Series C-1 stock—see Note 10

 

 

7,660

 

 

 

 

Issuance costs of Series C stock—see Note 10

 

 

(2,997

)

 

 

 

Issuance costs of Series C-1 stock—see Note 10

 

 

(1,243

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

Repayments from MidCap term loan

 

 

(6,776

)

 

 

 

Prepayment penalty incurred with the Midcap term loan extinguishment

 

 

(97

)

 

 

 

Borrowings from Horizon term loan

 

 

15,000

 

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs

 

 

(947

)

 

 

 

Cash provided by financing activities

 

 

45,293

 

 

 

36,566

 

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE ON CASH

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(1

)

NET CHANGE IN CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH FOR THE YEAR

 

 

14,911

 

 

 

10,081

 

CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR

 

 

5,797

 

 

 

20,708

 

CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH AT END OF YEAR

 

$

20,708

 

 

$

30,789

 

RECONCILIATION OF CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH

 

$

20,029

 

 

$

30,353

 

RESTRICTED CASH—Prepaid and other current assets

 

 

550

 

 

 

307

 

RESTRICTED CASH—Other non-current assets

 

 

129

 

 

 

129

 

TOTAL CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH

 

$

20,708

 

 

$

30,789

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

1,555

 

 

$

3,201

 

Cash paid for taxes

 

$

3

 

 

$

21

 

NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity fundraising costs not paid

 

$

 

 

$

160

 

Debt issuance costs not paid

 

$

1,388

 

 

$

 

Discount of debt relating to warrants issuance

 

$

929

 

 

$

 

Capital lease

 

$

25

 

 

$

 

Notes payable on acquisition

 

$

 

 

$

195

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7


 

 

Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 and 2019

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

1.ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (“Mohawk” or the “Company”) is a rapidly growing technology-enabled consumer products company that uses machine learning, natural language processing, and data analytics to design, develop, market and sell products. Mohawk predominately operates through online retail channels such as Amazon and Walmart.

Headquartered in New York, Mohawk’s other offices can be found in China, Philippines, Israel, and Poland.

Merger—On September 4, 2018, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization among the Company, MGH Merger Sub, Inc. and Mohawk Group, Inc. (“MGI”), as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of April 1, 2018 (the “Merger Agreement”), MGI merged with Merger Sub, Inc., with MGI remaining as the surviving entity and becoming a wholly-owned operating subsidiary of the Company (the “Merger”). The Merger was a reverse recapitalization for financial reporting purposes. The Merger is reflected in the financial statements and financial disclosures as if the Merger was effective on January 1, 2017. Operations prior to the Merger are the historical operations of MGI.

Under the Merger Agreement, all outstanding shares of common stock, shares of preferred stock and warrants, excluding MGI’s Series C preferred stock (“Series C”) and warrants to purchase shares of Series C, converted to shares of common stock of the Company at a ratio of 1 to 0.3131 (the “Conversion”). All outstanding Series C converted on a 1 to 0.2564 basis to shares of common stock of the Company and all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of Series C converted to warrants to purchase shares of common stock of the Company on a 1 to 0.2564 basis. At the time of the merger, the Company had 0.9 million shares outstanding held by certain Series C holders.

Initial Public Offering—On June 14, 2019, the Company completed its initial public offering (“IPO”), selling 3,600,000 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $10.00 per share. Net proceeds to the Company from the offering were approximately $29.4 million, after deducting legal, underwriting and other offering expenses.

 

Liquidity and Going Concern— The Company is an early-stage growth company. Accordingly, the Company endeavors to continuously invest in the launch of new products, the development of its software, and the expansion of its sales and distribution infrastructure in order to accelerate revenue growth and scale operations to support such growth. To fund these investments, the Company has historically obtained financing and raised capital since its inception with the expectation that the Company will generate profits in the future. The Company intends to continue to its strategy of investing in growth by launching new products, developing its software and expanding its sales and distribution operations for the foreseeable future.

 

As a result of its historical investments, the Company has incurred operating losses since its inception, which includes an operating loss of $54.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and had an accumulated deficit of $129.8 million, cash on hand of $30.4 million, and total outstanding borrowing from lenders of $35.1 million with no available capacity as of December 31, 2019. The Company has raised $102.0 million in equity financing to fund its operations since inception, including the net proceeds from the IPO, through December 31, 2019.

In addition, while the Company anticipates it will remain in compliance with the covenants prescribed by its existing financing arrangements (See Note 9 – Credit Facility and Term Loans), there can be no assurance that the Company’s operating forecast and cash flows for the twelve months following the issuance of the accompanying consolidated financial statements will be attained such that the Company will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants or generate sufficient liquidity to fund its ongoing operations.  These negative financial conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as of December 31, 2019. 

 

Management plans to continue to closely monitor its operating forecast and cash flows, and may pursue additional sources of financing and/or capital to fund its operations.  If the Company is unable to improve its operating results, increase its operating cash inflows, and/or obtain additional sources of financing and capital on acceptable terms (if at all), the Company may have to make significant changes to its operating plan, such as delay expenditures, reduce investments in new products, delay the development of its software, reduce its sale and distribution infrastructure, or otherwise significantly reduce the scope of its business.   The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.  See Note 17 – Subsequent Events.

F-8


 

2.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation—The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”).

Use of Estimates—Preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period covered by the financial statements and accompanying notes. The most significant estimates relate to the determination of fair value of the Company’s common stock and stock-based compensation. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current economic environment, and makes adjustments when facts and circumstances dictate. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Principles of Consolidation—The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments—The Company’s financial instruments, including cash, restricted cash, net accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued and other current liabilities are carried at historical cost. At December 31, 2018 and 2019, the carrying amounts of these instruments approximated their fair values because of their short-term nature. The term loans and credit facility are carried at amortized cost and at December 31, 2019, the carrying amount approximates fair value as the stated interest rate approximates market rates currently available to the Company.

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair values. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or an exit price that would be paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The authoritative guidance on fair value measurements establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements as follows:

Level 1—Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date;

Level 2—Inputs are observable, unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, unadjusted quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the related assets or liabilities; and

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market data for the related assets or liabilities.

The categorization of a financial instrument within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Goodwill—Goodwill is the excess of the acquisition cost of an acquired business over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets are not amortized. These assets are reviewed annually (or more frequently under various conditions) for impairment using a fair value approach. The Company performs its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of its reporting units with their carrying amounts. The Company expects to perform its annual impairment testing during the fourth quarter of the calendar year. The Company would recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized would not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. Additionally, the Company considers income tax effects from any tax-deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of its reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable. The fair value of the reporting units is estimated using discounted cash flow methodologies, as well as considering third party market value indicators. The Company’s use of a discounted cash flow methodology includes estimates of future revenue based upon budgets and projections. The Company also develops estimates for future levels of gross and operating profits and projected capital expenditures. The Company’s methodology also includes the use of estimated discount rates based upon industry and competitor analysis as well as other factors. Calculating the fair value of the reporting units requires significant estimates and assumptions by management. Should the estimates and assumptions regarding the fair value of the reporting units prove to be incorrect, the Company may be required to record impairments to its goodwill in future periods and such impairments could be material.

The Company has the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. However, the Company may elect to perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test even if no indications of a potential impairment exist. The Company performed its goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2019. No

F-9


 

material changes have occurred since testing and it was determined that there was no impairment for the year-ended December 31, 2019.

Restricted Cash—The Company has restricted cash with its primary banks for use as collateral with its credit cards and required minimum restricted capital for its Chinese subsidiary. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has classified $0.6 million in prepaid and other current assets for collateral of its credit cards and $0.1 million cash for its Chinese subsidiary, within other non-current assets, as restricted cash. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has classified in restricted cash consisting of   $0.3 million for collateral with its credit cards in prepaid and other current assets and $0.1 million  related to its Chinese subsidiary, within other non-current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Accounts Receivable—Accounts receivable are stated at historical cost less allowance for doubtful accounts. On a periodic basis, management evaluates its accounts receivable and determines whether to provide an allowance or if any accounts should be written off based on past history of write-offs, collections and current credit conditions. A receivable is considered past due if the Company has not received payments based on agreed-upon terms. The Company generally does not require any security or collateral to support its receivables. The Company performs on-going evaluations of its customers and maintains an allowance for bad and doubtful receivables. At December 31, 2018 and 2019, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.0 million and $0.0 million, respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risk—Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and accounts receivable. The Company maintains cash and restricted cash with various domestic and foreign financial institutions of high credit quality. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of all of the aforementioned institutions.

The Company’s accounts receivables are derived from sales contracts with a large number of customers. The Company maintains reserves for potential credit losses on customer accounts when deemed necessary. Significant customers are those which represent more than 10% of the Company’s total net revenue or gross accounts receivable balance at the balance sheet date. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company had no customer that accounted for 10% or more of total net revenue. In addition, as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company has no customer that accounted for 10% or more of gross accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, approximately 79% and 74%, respectively, of its accounts receivable is held by the Company’s sales platform vendor Amazon, which collects money on the Company’s behalf from its customers.

The Company’s business is reliant on one key vendor which currently provides the Company with its sales platform, logistics and fulfillment operations, including certain warehousing for the Company’s net goods, and invoicing and collection of its revenue from the Company’s end customers. In 2018, approximately 95% of the Company’s revenue was through or with the Amazon sales platform and in 2019, 95% of its net revenue was through or with the Amazon sales platform.

Property and Equipment—Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is provided for using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Capital leases and leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset. Costs of maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are expensed as incurred.

The estimated useful lives for significant property and equipment categories are as follows:

 

Computer equipment and software

 

3 years

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

 

3-5 years

Leasehold improvements and capital leases

 

Shorter of remaining

lease term or

estimated useful life

 

Income Taxes—The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to operating loss carry-forwards and temporary differences between financial statement bases of existing assets and liabilities and their respective income tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted income tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in the income tax rates on deferred tax asset and liability balances is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date of such rate change. A valuation allowance is recorded for loss carry-forwards and other deferred tax assets when it is determined that it is more likely than not that such loss carry-forwards and deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company recognizes the tax benefits on any uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the consolidated financial statements when it is more likely than not the position will be realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority assuming full knowledge of the position and relevant facts. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial

F-10


 

statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes estimated interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a part of the provision for income taxes.

Revenue Recognition—The Company accounts for revenue in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The Company adopted ASC Topic 606 as of January 1, 2017 using the full retrospective method. The standard did not affect the Company’s consolidated net loss, financial position, or cash flows. There were no changes to the timing of revenue recognition as a result of the adoption.

The Company derives its revenue from the sale of consumer products. The Company sells its products directly to consumers through online retail channels and through wholesale channels.

For direct to consumer sales, the Company considers customer order confirmations to be a contract with the customer. Customer confirmations are executed at the time an order is placed through third party online channels. For wholesale sales, the Company considers the customer purchase order to be the contract.

For all of the Company’s sales and distribution channels, revenue is recognized when control of the product is transferred to the customer (i.e., when the Company’s performance obligation is satisfied), which typically occurs at shipment date. As a result, the Company has a present and unconditional right to payment and record the amount due from the customer in accounts receivable.

Revenue from consumer product sales is recorded at the net sales price (transaction price), which includes an estimate of future returns based on historical return rates. There is judgment in utilizing historical trends for estimating future returns. The Company’s refund liability for sales returns was $0.3 million and $0.5 million at December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, which is included in accrued liabilities and represents the expected value of the refund that will be due to its customers.

The Company evaluated principal versus agent considerations to determine whether it is appropriate to record platform fees paid to Amazon as an expense or as a reduction of revenue. Platform fees are recorded as sales and distribution expense and are not recorded as a reduction of revenue because it owns and controls all the goods before they are transferred to the customer. The Company can, at any time, direct Amazon and similarly with other 3rd party logistics providers (“Logistics Providers”), to return the Company’s inventory to any location specified by the Company. Any returns made by customers directly to Logistic Providers is the responsibility of the Company to make customers whole and the Company retains the back-end inventory risk. Further, the Company is subject to credit risk (i.e., credit card chargebacks), establishes prices of its products, can determine who fulfills the goods to the customer (Amazon or the Company) and can limit quantities or stop selling the goods at any time. Based on these considerations, the Company is the principal in this arrangement.

Performance Obligations. A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good to the customer and is the unit of account in ASC Topic 606. A contract’s transaction price is recognized as revenue when the performance obligation is satisfied. Each of the Company’s contracts have a single distinct performance obligation, which is the promise to transfer individual goods.

For consumer product sales, the Company has elected to treat shipping and handling as fulfillment activities, and not a separate performance obligation. Accordingly, the Company recognizes revenue for its single performance obligation related to product sales at the time control of the merchandise passes to the customer, which is generally at the time of shipment. The Company bills customers for charges for shipping and handling on certain sales and such charges are recorded as part of net revenue. Shipping and handling revenue for year-end December 31, 2018 and 2019 were $0.0 million and $0.0 million, respectively.

For each contract, the Company considers the promise to transfer products to be the only identified performance obligation. In determining the transaction price, the Company evaluates whether the price is subject to refund or adjustment to determine the net consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled.

All of the Company’s direct and wholesale revenue for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 are recognized at a point in time.

Sales taxes—Consistent with prior periods, sales taxes collected from customers are presented on a net basis and as such are excluded from net revenue.

 

 

 

 

F-11


 

 

 

Net Revenue by Category: The following table sets forth the Company’s net revenue disaggregated by sales channel and geographic region based on the billing addresses of its customers:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2018

 

 

 

Direct

 

 

Wholesale

 

 

Managed SaaS

 

 

Total

 

North America

 

$

68,884

 

 

$

3,666

 

 

$

496

 

 

$

73,046

 

Other

 

 

171

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

 

233

 

Total net revenue

 

$

69,055

 

 

$

3,728

 

 

$

496

 

 

$

73,279

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2019

 

 

 

Direct

 

 

Wholesale

 

 

Managed SaaS

 

 

Total

 

North America

 

$

111,168

 

 

$

1,408

 

 

$

1,685

 

 

$

114,261

 

Other

 

 

190

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

190

 

Total net revenue

 

$

111,358

 

 

$

1,408

 

 

$

1,685

 

 

$

114,451

 

 

Net Revenue by Product Categories: The following table sets forth the Company’s net revenue disaggregated by product categories:

 

 

 

Year-ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

Environmental appliances (i.e., dehumidifiers and air

   conditioners)

 

$

34,017

 

 

$

64,521

 

Small home appliances

 

 

14,800

 

 

 

24,621

 

Cosmetics, skincare, and health supplements

 

 

2,464

 

 

 

11,195

 

Cookware, kitchen tools and gadgets

 

 

11,463

 

 

 

6,872

 

Hair appliances and accessories

 

 

6,510

 

 

 

3,341

 

All others

 

 

3,529

 

 

 

2,216

 

Total net product revenue

 

 

72,783

 

 

 

112,766

 

Managed SaaS

 

 

496

 

 

 

1,685

 

Total net revenue

 

$

73,279

 

 

$

114,451

 

 

Inventory and cost of goods sold—The Company’s inventory consists almost entirely of finished goods. The Company currently records inventory on its balance sheet on a first-in first-out (“FIFO”) basis, or net realizable value, if it is below the Company’s recorded cost. The Company’s costs include the amounts it pays manufacturers for product, tariffs and duties associated with transporting product across national borders, and freight costs associated with transporting the product from its manufacturers to its warehouses, as applicable.

The “Cost of goods sold” line item in the consolidated statements of operations is comprised of the book value of inventory sold to customers during the reporting period. When circumstances dictate that the Company use net realizable value as the basis for recording inventory, it bases its estimates on expected future selling prices less expected disposal costs.

Sales and Distribution—Sales and distribution expenses consist of online advertising costs, marketing and promotional costs, sales and platform commissions, fulfillment, including shipping and handling, warehouse costs and employee compensation and benefits. Costs associated with the Company’s advertising and sales promotion are expensed as incurred and are included in sales and distribution expenses. For the years ended

December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company recognized $4.5 million and $4.8 million, respectively, for advertising costs, which consists primarily of online advertising expense. Shipping and handling expense are included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations within sales and distribution expenses. This includes pick and pack costs and outbound transportation costs to ship goods to customers performed by e-commerce platforms or incurred directly by the Company’s own fulfillment operations. The Company’s expense for shipping and handling was $11.4 million and $17.2 million during fiscal 2018 and 2019, respectively.

F-12


 

Research and Development—Research and development expenses include compensation and employee benefits for technology development employees, travel related costs, and fees paid to outside consultants related to development of the Company’s owned intellectual property.

General and Administrative—General and administrative expenses include compensation and employee benefits for executive management, finance administration, legal, and human resources, facility costs, travel, professional service fees and other general overhead costs.

Stock-Based Compensation—Stock-based compensation expense to employees is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the awards and recognized in the consolidated statements of operations over the period during which the employee is required to perform services in exchange for the award (the vesting period of the award). The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option valuation model.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the Company’s underlying common stock, the expected term of stock options, the expected volatility of the price of its common stock, risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of its common stock. The assumptions used in the Company’s option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, the Company’s stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

These assumptions are estimated as follows:

 

Fair Value of Common Stock. Because the Company’s common stock is not publicly traded, it must estimate the fair value of common stock, as discussed in the section “Common Stock Valuation” below.

 

Risk-Free Interest Rate. The Company based the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes valuation model on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with an equivalent remaining term of the stock options for each stock option group.

 

Expected Term. The Company determines the expected term based on the average period the stock options are expected to remain outstanding generally calculated as the midpoint of the stock options vesting term and contractual expiration period, as it does not have sufficient historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior.

 

Expected Volatility. The Company determines the price volatility factor based on the historical volatility of publicly-traded industry peers. To determine its peer group of companies, the Company considers public companies in the technology industry and selects those that are similar to the Company in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage. The Company does not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in its industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity is relatively low.

 

Expected Dividend Yield. The Company has not paid and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future and, therefore, use an expected dividend yield of zero.

If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model changes significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously. The Company recognizes forfeitures as they occur, which results in a reduction in compensation expense at the time of forfeiture.

Common Stock Valuation The fair value of the Company’s common stock underlying stock options has historically been determined by its board of directors, with assistance from management and contemporaneous third-party valuations. Given the absence of a public trading market for its common stock prior to the Company’s IPO in 2019, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the Practice Aid, the Company’s board of directors has exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of its common stock at each grant date. These factors include:

 

contemporaneous third-party valuations of the Company’s common stock;

 

the Company’s operating and financial performance;

 

current business conditions and projections;

 

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of the company, given prevailing market conditions;

F-13


 

 

the lack of marketability of the Company’s common stock;

 

the market performance of comparable publicly-traded e-commerce and technology companies; and

 

the U.S. and global economic and capital market conditions and outlook.

In determining the fair value of the Company’s common stock, it estimated the enterprise value of its business using the market approach and the income approach. Under the income approach, forecast cash flows are discounted to the present value at a risk-adjusted discount rate. The valuation analyses determine discrete free cash flows over several years based on forecast financial information provided by the Company’s management and a terminal value for the residual period beyond the discrete forecast, which are discounted at its estimated weighted-average cost of capital to estimate its enterprise value. Under the market approach, a group of guideline publicly-traded companies with similar financial and operating characteristics as the Company is selected, and valuation multiples based on the guideline public companies’ financial information and market data are calculated. Based on the observed valuation multiples, an appropriate multiple was selected to apply to the Company’s historical and forecasted revenue results. The estimated enterprise value is then allocated to the common stock using the Option Pricing Method (OPM), and the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method (PWERM), or the hybrid method. The hybrid method applied the PWERM utilizing the probability of an exit scenario, and the OPM was used in the remaining private scenario.

For options granted prior to October 2018, the Company has used a hybrid method to determine the fair value of its common stock. Under the hybrid method, multiple valuation approaches were used and then combined into a single probability weighted valuation using a PWERM. The Company’s approach for options granted starting in October 1, 2018 included the use of an initial public offering scenario and a scenario assuming continued operation as a private entity. Following the closing of the Company’s initial public offering, the fair value per share of its common stock for purposes of determining stock-based compensation will be the closing price of its common stock as reported on the applicable grant date.

Deferred offering costs—Deferred offering costs, which consist of direct incremental legal, consulting, banking and accounting fees relating to anticipated equity offerings, are capitalized and will be offset against proceeds upon the consummation of the offerings within stockholders’ equity. In the event an anticipated offering is terminated, deferred offering costs will be expensed. As of December 31, 2018, there were $1.2 million of deferred offering costs categorized in prepaids and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets.  As of December 31, 2019, there were no remaining deferred offering costs categorized in prepaids and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Foreign Currency—The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is the local currency. All assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated at the current exchange rate as of the end of the period, and revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates in effect during the period. The gain or loss resulting from the process of translating foreign currency financial statements into U.S. dollars is reflected as a foreign currency cumulative translation adjustment and reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income loss. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses resulting from or expected to result from transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are recognized in other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company recorded net loss from foreign currency transactions of less than $0.1 million and less than $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019.

Net Loss Per Share—The Company computes basic earnings per share using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. For periods in which the Company reports net losses, diluted net loss per share attributable to stockholders is the same as basic net loss per share attributable to stockholders, because potentially dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive.

Segment Information—The Company reports segment information in accordance with ASC Topic No. 280 “Segment Reporting.” The Company has one reportable segment.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The JOBS Act permits an emerging growth company to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period until it is no longer an emerging growth company or until it affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period. As a result, the Company’s financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

F-14


 

Adopted Accounting Standards

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows: Restricted Cash (Topic 230), or ASU 2016-18. ASU 2016-18 requires that the statement of cash flows explains the change during the period in the total cash and restricted cash. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash should be included with cash when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. ASU 2016-18 requires retrospective application for all periods presented and as a result the Company has recasted its statement of cash flows for the years-ended December 31, 2018 to reflect the adoption of ASU 2016-18, which was implemented on January 1, 2019.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, “Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718) Scope of Modification Accounting,” which provides guidance on the various types of changes which would trigger modification accounting for share-based payment awards. In summary, an entity would not apply modification accounting if the fair value, vesting conditions, and classification of the awards are the same immediately before and after the modification. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those annual periods. The amendments are applied prospectively to awards modified on or after the adoption date. The new guidance was adopted on January 1, 2019 and this standard did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), or ASU 2016-02, which requires lessees to record most leases on their balance sheets but recognize the expenses on their income statements in a manner similar to current practice. ASU 2016-02 states that a lessee would recognize a lease liability for the obligation to make lease payments and a right-to-use asset for the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. In July 2019, the FASB delayed the effective date for this ASU and will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021, with early adoption permitted. While the Company has not completed its evaluation of the impact of adoption of this standard, it does not expect it to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-02, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) (“ASU 2018-02”). ASU 2018-02 addresses the effect of the change in the U.S. federal corporate tax rate due to the enactment of the December 22, 2017 Tax Act on items within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The guidance will be effective for all annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. While the Company has not completed its evaluation of the impact of adoption of this standard, it does not expect it to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

On August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which changes the fair value measurement disclosure requirements of ASC 820. The amendments in this ASU are the result of a broader disclosure project called FASB Concepts Statement, Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting—Chapter 8: Notes to Financial Statements. This ASU is effective for all annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods therein. Early adoption is permitted for any eliminated or modified disclosures upon issuance of this ASU. While the Company has not completed its evaluation of the impact of adoption of this standard, it does not expect it to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-based Payment Accounting, which expands the scope of Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, which currently only includes share-based payments issued to employees, to also include share-based payments issued to nonemployees for goods and services. This ASU is effective for all annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods therein. Early adoption is permitted for any eliminated or modified disclosures upon issuance of this ASU. While the Company has not completed its evaluation of the impact of adoption of this standard, it does not expect it to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13: Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326). This ASU requires the use of an expected loss model for certain types of financial instruments and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to calculate credit loss estimates. For trade receivables, loans and held-to-maturity debt securities, an estimate of lifetime expected credit losses is required. For available-for-sale debt securities, an allowance for credit losses will be required rather than a reduction to the carrying value of the asset. This standard is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. While the Company has not completed its evaluation of the impact of adoption of this standard, it does not expect it to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

F-15


 

3.

INVENTORY

Inventory consisted of the following as of December 31, 2018 and 2019:

 

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

Inventory on-hand

 

$

24,595

 

 

$

29,370

 

Inventory in-transit

 

 

5,957

 

 

 

6,842

 

Inventory

 

$

30,552

 

 

$

36,212

 

 

The Company’s Inventory on-hand is held either with Amazon or the Company’s other third-party warehouses. The Company does not have any contractual right of returns with its contract manufacturers. The Company’s Inventory on-hand held by Amazon is approximately $6.1 million and $4.7 million as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

4.

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Accounts receivable consisted of the following as of December 31, 2018 and 2019:

 

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

Trade accounts receivable

 

$

1,403

 

 

$

1,094

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

 

 

 

(35

)

Accounts receivable—net

 

$

1,403

 

 

$

1,059

 

 

5.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consisted of the following as of December 31, 2018 and 2019:

 

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

Computer equipment and software

 

$

454

 

 

$

524

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

 

311

 

 

 

94

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

47

 

 

 

52

 

Subtotal

 

 

812

 

 

 

670

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(544

)

 

 

(495

)

Property and equipment—net

 

$

268

 

 

$

175

 

 

Depreciation expense for property and equipment totaled $0.3 million and $0.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

6.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company’s financial instruments consist of Level 1 assets at December 31, 2018 and 2019. The Company’s cash and restricted cash was $20.7 million and $30.8 million and included savings deposits and overnight investments at December 31, 2018 and 2019.

7.

PREPAID AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepaids and other current assets consisted of the following as of December 31, 2018 and 2019:

 

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

Prepaid inventory

 

$

2,284

 

 

$

2,195

 

Restricted cash

 

 

550

 

 

 

307

 

Deferred offering costs

 

 

1,218

 

 

 

 

Prepaid Insurance

 

 

433

 

 

 

1,967

 

Other

 

 

933

 

 

 

926

 

Prepaid and other current assets

 

$

5,418

 

 

$

5,395

 

F-16


 

 

8.ACCRUED AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31, 2018 and 2019:

 

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

Accrued compensation costs

 

$

2,585

 

 

$

300

 

Accrual for deferred financing fees

 

 

936

 

 

 

 

Accrued professional fees and consultants

 

 

484

 

 

 

400

 

Accrued logistics costs

 

 

1,424

 

 

 

2,326

 

Product related accruals

 

 

1,042

 

 

 

1,518

 

Sales tax payable

 

 

707

 

 

 

507

 

Sales return reserve

 

 

322

 

 

 

456

 

Accrued recall liability

 

 

1,512

 

 

 

90

 

Seller note from acquisition (Note 16)

 

 

 

 

 

195

 

Prepaid insurance financing

 

 

 

 

 

1,031

 

All other accruals

 

 

696

 

 

 

682

 

Accrued and other current liabilities

 

$

9,708

 

 

$

7,505

 

 

The Company sponsors, through its professional employer organization provider, a 401(k) defined contribution plan covering all eligible US employees. Contributions to the 401(k) plan are discretionary. Currently, the Company does not match nor make any contributions to the 401(k) plan.

Recall

In April 2018, the Company retained outside counsel to assist it in evaluating a safety issue related to certain hair dryers that it imported and sold through its subsidiaries between 2014 and 2018 (the “Xtava Allure Hair Dryer”). The Company had received communications directly from consumers and identified online reviews of overheating or fires associated with these hair dryers. The Company sold approximately 170,000 net units from the introduction of the product in 2015 through its discontinuance in the first quarter of 2018 totaling approximately $6.2 million in net revenue.

In May 2018, the Company’s board of directors approved a voluntary recall of the Xtava Allure Hair Dryer. In June 2018, the Company filed an application for a voluntary recall with the US Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”) pursuant to Section 15(b) of the Consumer Product Safety Act (“CPSA”). The Company received approval from the CPSC to provide consumers with replacement units and publicly announced the recall on August 15, 2018. The Company had estimated that it would incur approximately $1.6 million in costs related to the recall for procurement, manufacturing, fulfillment and delivery to consumers who apply and qualify for the recall costs. The Company has incurred and settled all but one consumer legal matter related to Xtava Allure Hair Dryer for insignificant amounts. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has incurred $0.1 million in recall costs. In August 2019, the Company received notice that it has materially completed its obligations under the recall program and, as a result, has reversed $1.4 million of the remaining liability pertaining to the program. As of December 31, 2019, the remaining recall liability is $0.1 million.

F-17


 

9.

CREDIT FACILITY AND TERM LOANS

Credit facility and term loans consisted of the following as of December 31, 2018 and 2019:

 

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

Mid Cap Credit facility

 

$

16,455

 

 

$

22,953

 

Less: deferred debt issuance costs

 

 

(1,960

)

 

 

(1,268

)

Less discount associated with issuance of warrants

 

 

(44

)

 

 

(28

)

Total Mid Cap credit facility

 

$

14,451

 

 

$

21,657

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Horizon Term loan

 

 

15,000

 

 

 

15,000

 

Less: deferred debt issuance costs

 

 

(1,022

)

 

 

(836

)

Less discount associated with issuance of warrants

 

 

(929

)

 

 

(697

)

Total Horizon term loan

 

 

13,049

 

 

 

13,467

 

Less-current portion

 

 

 

 

 

(3,000

)

Term loan-non current portion

 

$

13,049

 

 

$

10,467

 

 

MidCap Credit Facility and Term Loan

On October 16, 2017, the Company entered into a three-year $15.0 million revolving credit facility (“Credit Facility”) with Midcap pursuant to a Credit and Security Agreement (the “Credit and Security Agreement”). The Credit Facility can be, subject to certain conditions, increased to $30.0 million.

As part of the Credit and Security Agreement entered into on October 16, 2017, the Company also obtained a three-year $7.0 million term loan (“Term Loan”) with MidCap. The Term Loan bears interest at LIBOR plus 9.75% for outstanding borrowings and payments on principal are made on a monthly basis. The maturity date of the Term Loan is October 2020.  

On November 23, 2018, the Company exited the Credit Facility with MidCap and entered into a new three-year $25.0 million revolving credit facility (“New Credit Facility”) with MidCap. The New Credit Facility can be increased, subject to certain conditions, to $50.0 million. Loans under the New Credit Facility are determined based on percentages of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable and eligible inventory. The New Credit Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus 5.75% for outstanding borrowings. The Company is required to pay a facility availability fee of 0.5% on the average unused portion of the facility. The New Credit Facility contains a minimum liquidity financial covenant that requires the Company to maintain a minimum of $5.0 million in cash on hand or availability in the New Credit Facility. In 2018, the Company incurred approximately $1.3 million in debt issuance costs which has been offset against the debt and will be expensed over the three years. Unamortized debt issuance costs of $0.7 million, relating to the previous Credit Facility, will be amortized in accordance with the terms of the New Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2018, there was $16.5 million outstanding on the Credit Facility and an available balance of approximately $1.4 million. As of December 31, 2019, there was $23.0 million outstanding on the Credit Facility and an available balance of approximately $0.0 million.  The Company was in compliance with the financial covenants contained within the New Credit Facility as of December 31, 2019.

The Company recorded interest expense from the credit facilities of approximately $1.2 million and $2.5 million for the year-ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, which included $0.4 million and $0.7 million relating to debt issuance costs, respectively.

On the December 31, 2018, the Company repaid the Term Loan with MidCap for $4.9 million as part of the entering into a new term loan with Horizon Technology Finance Corporation, including $0.1 million of a prepayment penalty. The Company expensed the remaining debt issuance costs related to the Term Loan of $0.2 million, including warrants. The Company recorded interest expense from the Term Loan of less than $0.8 million for the year-ended December 31, 2018, which included less than $0.1 million and less than $0.1 million relating to debt issuance costs.

Horizon Term Loan

On December 31, 2018, the Company entered into a new term loan agreement with Horizon (the “Horizon Loan Agreement”). As part of the agreement, the Company obtained a four-year $15.0 million term loan (“Horizon Term Loan”). The Horizon Term Loan bears interest at 9.90% plus the amount by which one-month LIBOR (or, if LIBOR is no longer widely used or available, a successor benchmark rate, which successor rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice, or if there is no consistent market practice, such successor rate shall be applied in a manner reasonably determined by Horizon) exceeds 2.50% for outstanding borrowings and payments on principal are made on a monthly basis. The maturity date of the Horizon Term Loan is January 2023.

F-18


 

The Horizon Term Loan contains minimum required EBITDA financial covenants that require the Company to achieve EBITDA of certain amounts based on the amount that the Company is permitted to borrow under the New Credit Facility (the “Revolving Line Indebtedness Cap”). The Horizon Loan Agreement also contains a cash collateral covenant that requires the Company to maintain a cash collateral account with an amount based on the Revolving Line Indebtedness Cap. The term loan payments of principal under the Horizon Term Loan as of December 31, 2019 are as follows:

 

 

 

Year-Ending

December 31

 

2020

 

$

3,000

 

2021

 

 

6,000

 

2022

 

 

6,000

 

2023

 

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

Total term loan payments

 

$

15,000

 

 

In connection with the Horizon Loan Agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase 76,923 shares of its common stock at an exercise price of $15.60 per share. The warrants are exercisable and expire ten years from the date of issuance. The Company utilized the Binomial option-pricing model to determine the fair value of the warrants. The fair value of the warrants on issuance was $0.9 million, which has been recorded as a debt discount against the Horizon Term Loan.

The Company incurred approximately $1.0 million in debt issuance costs which has been offset against the debt and will expense over the term of the loan.

The New Credit Facility and Horizon Term Loan contain a minimum liquidity covenant that requires the Company to maintain at minimum $5.0 million in unrestricted cash at all times, subject to increases based on amounts drawn. Further, there are additional covenants that, among other things, restrict the ability of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries to (i) incur, assume or guarantee additional indebtedness; (ii) pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock; (iii) make other restricted payments; (iv) incur liens; (v) redeem debt that is junior in right of payment to the notes; (vi) sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries; (vii) enter into mergers or consolidations; and (viii) enter into transactions with affiliates. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications.

As of December 31, 2019, there was $15.0 million outstanding on the Horizon Term Loan and the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants contained within the loan. The Company recorded interest expense from the Horizon Term Loan of $0.0 million and $2.0 million for the year-ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, which included $0.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively, relating to debt issuance costs.

 

Interest expense, net

Interest expense, net consisted of the following for the years-ended December 31, 2018 and 2019:

 

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

Interest expense

 

$

2,354

 

 

$

4,532

 

Interest income

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(146

)

Total Interest expense, net

 

$

2,353

 

 

$

4,386

 

 

10.

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Shares—The Company has one class of common shares issued and available. Each share of common stock has the right to one vote per share.

On September 4, 2018, under the Merger Agreement, all outstanding common shares, preferred shares and warrants, excluding MGI’s Series C preferred stock (“Series C”) and warrants for Series C, converted to new common shares of the Company at a ratio of 1 to 0.3131 (the “Conversion”). All outstanding Series C, including any warrants for Series C converted on a one to 0.2564 basis to new common shares of the Company. At the time of the merger, the Company had 0.9 million shares outstanding held by certain Series C holders.

F-19


 

The Merger is reflected in the financial statements and financial disclosures as if the merger was effective on January 1, 2017, including the Conversion. Operations prior to the Merger are the historical operations of MGI.

After the completion of the Merger and within sixty days of the effective date of the Merger, the Company was required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commissions (the “SEC”) a registration statement on Form S-1 and must have filed becoming effective with the SEC within a one hundred and thirty-five days from such initial filing. If the Company’s filings and registrations are not completed timely, the Company may be subject to liquidation damages to Series C holders which are capped at 8% of the total proceeds invested by Series C holders. To date, the Company has met its milestone and expects that all remaining milestones will be met.

The outstanding common shares as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 were 11,534,190, and 17,736,649 respectively, derived predominantly from the initial public offering (“IPO”) and conversions below.

MGI Common Shares—MGI had one class of common shares at the time of the merger. At the date of the merger, 1.1 million common shares were converted into 1.3 million shares of common shares of the Company. These shares have been reflected in the financial statements and related disclosures to have converted as follows: 1.3 million shares converted as of January 1, 2017 and less than 0.1 million shares, resulting from the exercise of stock options, was converted as of September 2018.

MGI Preferred Shares—In 2014, the MGI issued approximately 18.3 million shares of Series A preferred stock (“Series A”) with an original issuance prices of $1.44 for a total of $26.3 million, net of transaction expenses. On September 4, 2018, these preferred shares converted into 5.7 million shares of common stock of the Company at the time of the merger. These shares have been reflected in the financial statements and related disclosures to have converted as of January 1, 2017.

In March 2017, MGI issued approximately 2.9 million shares of Series B preferred stock (“Series B”) with original issuance prices of $2.98 for a total of $8.4 million, net of transaction expenses. On September 4, 2018, these preferred shares converted into 0.9 million shares of common stock of the Company at the time of the merger. These shares have been reflected in the financial statements and related disclosures to have converted as of the date of issuance.

In August 2017, MGI issued approximately 2.1 million shares of Series B-1 preferred stock (“Series B-1”) with original issuance prices of $5.03 for a total of $10.6 million, net of transaction expenses. On September 4, 2018, these preferred shares converted into 0.7 million of common stock of the Company at the time of the merger. These shares have been reflected in the financial statements and related disclosures to have converted as of the date of issuance.

In April 2018, MGI commenced a Series C fundraise, which allowed it to issue 15.0 million shares or $40.0 million in Series C preferred stock. As of April 2018, MGI issued approximately 6.0 million shares of Series C preferred stock with original issuance prices of $4.00 for a total of $21.0 million, net of transaction expenses. On September 4, 2018, these preferred shares converted into 1.5 million shares of common stock of the Company at the time of the merger. These shares have been reflected in the financial statements and related disclosures to have converted as of the date of issuance.

On September 4, 2018, MGI raised additional funds as part of its Series C preferred stock financing and issued approximately 1.9 million shares of Series C preferred stock with an original issuance price of $4.00 for a total of $6.4 million, net of transaction expenses. On September 4, 2018, these preferred shares converted into 0.5 million shares of common stock of the Company at the time of the merger. These shares have been reflected in the financial statements and related disclosures to have converted as of the date of issuance. In addition, on September 4, 2018, the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 196,364 shares of its common stock with an exercise price of $15.60 per share to certain accredited investors as consideration for providing certain placement agent services to MGI.

In connection with the Credit and Security Agreement and as amended through the Merger, warrants for 44,871 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $15.60 per share were issued. The warrants are currently exercisable and expire ten years from the date of issuance. The Company utilized the Binomial option-pricing model to determine the fair value of the warrants. The fair value of the warrants on issuance was $0.1 million.

In connection with the Horizon Loan Agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase 76,923 shares of its common stock at an exercise price of $15.60 per share. The Company utilized the Binomial option-pricing model to determine the fair value of the warrants. The fair value of the warrants on issuance was $0.9 million.

On June 14, 2019, the Company completed its IPO, selling 3,600,000 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $10.00 per share. Net proceeds to the Company from the offering were approximately $29.4 million, after deducting legal, underwriting and other offering expenses.

F-20


 

11.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company has three equity plans:

2014 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan

The board of directors of MGI, a subsidiary of the Company adopted, and MGI’s stockholders approved, the Mohawk Group, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan on June 11, 2014. On March 1, 2017, MGI’s board of directors adopted, and MGI’s stockholders approved, an amendment and restatement of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended, the “Mohawk 2014 Plan”). As of December 31, 2019, options to purchase an aggregate of 365,420 shares of the Company’s common stock were outstanding and 3,978 shares were reserved for awards available for future issuance under the Mohawk 2014 Plan.

2018 Equity Incentive Plan

The Company’s board of directors adopted the Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Mohawk 2018 Plan”) on October 11, 2018. The Mohawk 2018 Plan was approved by its stockholders on May 24, 2019. As of December 31, 2019, 175,957 shares subject to restricted stock awards and options to purchase 1,497,149 shares of the Company’s common stock were outstanding and 35,040 shares were reserved for awards available for future issuance under the Mohawk 2018 Plan.

Options granted to date under the Mohawk 2014 Plan and the Mohawk 2018 Plan generally vest either: (i) over a four-year period with 25% of the shares underlying the options vesting on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date with the remaining 75% of the shares vesting on a pro-rata basis over the succeeding thirty-six months, subject to continued service with the Company through each vesting date, or (ii) over a three-year period with 33 1/3% of the shares underlying the options vesting on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date with the remaining 66 2/3% of the shares vesting on a pro-rata basis over the succeeding twenty-four months, subject to continued service with the Company through each vesting date. Options granted are generally exercisable for up to 10 years subject to continued service with the Company.

2019 Equity Plan

The Company’s board of directors adopted the Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc. 2019 Equity Plan (the “2019 Equity Plan”) on March 20, 2019. The 2019 Equity Plan was approved by its stockholders on May 24, 2019. As of December 31, 2019, an aggregate of 2,426,015 shares of restricted common stock were outstanding, with no shares reserved for future issuance. Restricted shares granted under the 2019 Equity Plan vest in substantially equal installments on the 6th, 12th, 18th and 24th month anniversaries of the closing of the IPO. Awards granted under the 2019 Equity Plan and not previously forfeited upon termination of service carry dividend and voting rights applicable to the Company’s common stock, irrespective of any vesting requirement.  Under ASC Topic 718, the Company will treat each award in substance as multiple awards as a result of the graded vesting and that there is more than one requisite service period.  Upon prerequisite service period becoming probable, the day of the IPO, the Company recorded a cumulative catch up expense and the remaining expense will be recorded under graded vesting.  The Company and the 2019 Equity Plan participants agreed to extend the vesting date for the first installment of restricted shares of common stock under the 2019 Equity Plan to March 13, 2020.

The following is a summary of stock options activity during the year-ended December 31, 2019:

 

 

 

Options Outstanding

 

 

 

Number of

Options

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Life (years)

 

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

 

Balance—January 1, 2019

 

 

1,867,747

 

 

$

9.01

 

 

 

9.64

 

 

$

19,573,295

 

Options granted

 

 

195,975

 

 

$

9.49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

 

(487

)

 

$

4.14

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,630

 

Options cancelled

 

 

(200,666

)

 

$

8.90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2019

 

 

1,862,569

 

 

$

9.09

 

 

 

8.64

 

 

$

99,289

 

Exercisable as of December 31, 2019

 

 

777,147

 

 

$

8.69

 

 

 

8.21

 

 

$

93,775

 

Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2019

 

 

1,862,569

 

 

$

9.09

 

 

 

8.64

 

 

$

99,289

 

 

F-21


 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the year-ended December 31, 2019 was $5.67. As of December 31, 2019, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested options was $12.0 million, which the Company expects to recognize over an estimated weighted average period of 1.82 years.

The following are weighted-average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine grant fair value:

 

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

 

Weighted-

Average

 

 

Weighted-

Average

 

Expected term (in years)

 

 

5.73

 

 

 

5.77

 

Volatility

 

 

55.06

%

 

 

66.72

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

2.59

%

 

 

1.76

%

Dividend Yield

 

 

0.000

 

 

 

0.000

 

 

A summary of restricted stock activity within the Company’s equity plans and changes for the year-ended December 31, 2019, is as follows:

 

Restricted Stock Awards

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted

Average Grant-

Date Fair Value

 

Nonvested at January 1, 2019

 

 

 

 

$

 

Granted

 

 

2,719,633

 

 

$

18.52

 

Vested

 

 

 

 

$

 

Forfeited

 

 

(117,661

)

 

$

19.50

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2019

 

 

2,601,972

 

 

$

18.21

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense for restricted shares granted was $28.4 million for the year-ended December 31, 2019.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of restricted shares granted during the year ended December 31, 2019 was $18.52. As of December 31, 2019, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested restricted shares was $19.4 million, which the Company expects to recognize over an estimated weighted-average period of  1.23 years.

The table above includes 149,957 of restricted shares that have been granted under the Mohawk 2018 Plan and included in the shares outstanding under that plan and carry dividend or voting rights applicable to the Company’s common shares.

Stock-based compensation expense is allocated based on the cost center to which the award holder belongs. The following table summarizes the total stock-based compensation expense by function for the years-ended December 31, 2018 and 2019:

 

 

 

Years-end December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Sales and distribution expenses

 

$

69

 

 

$

7,358

 

Research and development expenses

 

 

25

 

 

 

5,711

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

525

 

 

 

21,612

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

 

$

619

 

 

$

34,681

 

 

12.

COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company has operating leases for its offices expiring at various dates through 2020. Rental expense for operating leases was $0.7 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The following is a schedule by year of future minimum lease payments required under the operating leases that have initial or non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2019.

F-22


 

Future minimum lease payments under these operating leases consisted of the following as of December 31, 2019:

 

 

 

Year-Ending

December 31

 

2020

 

$

244

 

2021

 

 

54

 

2022

 

 

 

2023

 

 

 

2024

 

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

 

$

298

 

 

Inventory Purchases—As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company had $10.2 million and $19.4 million, respectively, of inventory purchase orders placed with vendors waiting to be fulfilled.

Sales or Other Similar Taxes— Based on the location of the Company’s current operations, the majority of sales tax is collected and remitted either by the Company or on its behalf by e-commerce market places in most states within the United States. To date, the Company has had no actual or threatened sales and use tax claims from any state where it does not already claim nexus or any state where it sold products prior to claiming nexus. However, the Company believes that the likelihood of incurring a liability as a result of sales tax nexus being asserted by certain states where it sold products prior to claiming nexus is probable. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company estimates that the potential liability, including current sales tax payable is approximately $0.7 million and $0.5 million, respectively, which has been recorded as an accrued liability. The Company believes this is the best estimate of an amount due to taxing agencies, given that such a potential loss is an unasserted liability that would be contested and subject to negotiation between the Company and the state, or decided by a court.

Legal Proceedings—The Company is party to various actions and claims arising in the normal course of business. The Company does not believe that the final outcome of these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial position or results of operations. In addition, the Company maintains what it believes is adequate insurance coverage to further mitigate risk. However, no assurance can be given that the final outcome of such proceedings will not materially impact the Company’s condensed consolidated financial condition or results of operations. Further, no assurance can be given that the amount or scope of existing insurance coverage will be sufficient to cover losses arising from such matters.

U.S. Department of Energy

In September 2019, the Company received a Test Notice from the U.S. Department of Energy (“DOE”) indicating that a certain dehumidifier model may not comply with applicable energy-conservation standards. The DOE requested that the Company provide it with several model units for DOE testing. If the Company is determined to have violated certain energy-conservation standard, it could be fined pursuant to DOE guidelines, and this civil penalty may be material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company intends to vigorously defend itself. The Company has submitted to the DOE testing process, made a good-faith effort to provide necessary notice as practicable, and included in a formal response to the DOE copies of the energy-efficiency report and certification that were issued for the dehumidifier model at the time of production. The Company believes that its products are compliant, and the Company, in conjunction with its manufacturing partner, has disputed the Test Notice received from the DOE. As of the date of the issuance of these financial statements, the Company cannot reasonably estimate what, if any, penalties may be levied.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency

In September 2019, the Company received notice from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) that certain of its dehumidifier products were identified by the Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (“AHAM”) as failing to comply with EPA ENERGY STAR requirements. For an appliance to be ENERGY STAR certified, it must meet standards promulgated by the EPA and enforced through EPA-accredited certification bodies and laboratories. The Company believes that its products are compliant, and the Company, in conjunction with its manufacturing partner, has disputed the AHAM testing determination pursuant to EPA guidelines. While a resolution remains pending, the Company is not selling or marketing the products identified by the EPA. The Company cannot be certain that these products will eventually be certified by the EPA, and the Company may incur costs that cannot presently be calculated in the event that the Company needs to make changes to the manner in which these products are manufactured and sold.

F-23


 

13.

INCOME TAXES

Loss before provision for income taxes consisted of the following for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

Domestic

 

$

(31,609

)

 

$

(58,718

)

International

 

 

(159

)

 

 

(42

)

Total

 

$

(31,768

)

 

$

(58,760

)

 

The components of the Company’s income tax provision were as follows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

 

 

$

 

State

 

 

3

 

 

 

21

 

Foreign

 

 

52

 

 

 

8

 

Total current

 

 

55

 

 

 

29

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

 

 

 

 

State

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax provision

 

$

55

 

 

$

29

 

 

The reconciliation of the Federal statutory income tax provision to the Company’s effective income tax provision is as follows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

Income tax benefit at statutory rates

 

$

(6,666

)

 

$

(12,339

)

Permanent differences

 

 

70

 

 

 

325

 

Foreign rate differential

 

 

14

 

 

 

(4

)

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

 

 

(1,081

)

 

 

(2,034

)

Effect of tax rate change

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

441

 

 

 

45

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

7,277

 

 

 

14,036

 

Total income tax expense

 

$

55

 

 

$

29

 

 

F-24


 

The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of the dates indicated were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales returns reserve

 

$

79

 

 

$

112

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

 

14,204

 

 

 

20,286

 

Stock options

 

 

180

 

 

 

8,409

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

12

 

 

 

6

 

Fixed assets

 

 

21

 

 

 

13

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

(12

)

Interest expense limitation

 

 

574

 

 

 

1,109

 

Other

 

 

97

 

 

 

(729

)

Less: valuation allowances

 

 

(15,167

)

 

 

(29,203

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency exchange gain/loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

The Company has temporary differences due to differences in recognition of revenue and expenses for tax and financial reporting purposes, principally related to net operating losses, inventory, depreciation, and other expenses that are not currently deductible or realizable. At December 31, 2019, the Company had approximately $82.9 million of gross federal NOLs which will begin to expire in fiscal year 2034 if unused. The Company also has approximately $46.4 million apportioned state and local NOLs that expire between 2025 and 2035, depending on the state, if not used. The net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes which, generally, can be used to reduce future taxable income. The Company’s use of its NOL carryforwards is limited under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as it has had a change in ownership of more than 50% of its capital stock over a three-year period as measured under Section 382 of the Code. These complex changes of ownership rules generally focus on ownership changes involving shareholders owning directly or indirectly 5% or more of its stock, including certain public “groups” of shareholders as set forth under Section 382 of the Code, including those arising from new stock issuances and other equity transactions. Some of these NOL carryforwards will expire if they are not used within certain periods.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJ Act”) was enacted into law. The TCJ Act provides for significant changes to the Code that impact corporate taxation requirements, such as the reduction of the federal tax rate for corporations from 35% to 21% and changes or limitations to certain tax deductions. The impact of the rate change was $4.0 million for December 31, 2017, which had no tax impact due to offsetting movement in the Valuation Allowance. The reduction in the corporate tax rate under the TCJ Act will also require a one-time revaluation of certain tax-related assets to reflect their value at the lower corporate tax rate of 21%.

The Company regularly assesses the realizability of its deferred tax assets and establishes a valuation allowance if it is more-likely-than-not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Due to the Company’s history of net operating losses, the Company believes it is more likely than not its federal, state and foreign deferred tax assets will not be realized as of December 31, 2019.

The Company’s major taxing jurisdictions are New Jersey, New York, Florida, Texas, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Virginia and California. The Company files a US Consolidated income tax return as well as tax returns in certain foreign jurisdictions. The Company is subject to examination in these jurisdictions for all years since inception. Fiscal years outside the normal statute of limitations remain open to audit due to tax attributes generated in the early years which have been carried forward and may be audited in subsequent years when utilized. The Company is not currently under examination for income taxes in any jurisdiction. The Company may be subject to audits covering a variety of tax matters by taxing authorities in any taxing jurisdiction where the Company conducts business. While the Company believes that the tax returns filed, and tax positions taken are supportable and accurate, some tax authorities may not agree with the positions taken. This can give rise to tax uncertainties which, upon audit, may

F-25


 

not be resolved in the Company’s favor. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company has not recorded any tax contingency accruals for uncertain tax positions.

14.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION

Mommy Guru

The Company used a third-party vendor called Mommy Guru LLC (“Mommy Guru”) for certain product promotions, marketing activities and product rebates. In September 2017, the Company hired Mommy Guru’s CEO as the Company’s Chief Marketing Officer (“CMO”) and continued to use the services of Mommy Guru during the CMO’s employment. During the year-ended December 31, 2018, the Company paid to Mommy Guru approximately $2.4 million in fees, of which $1.9 million was incurred during the CMO’s employment, which reduces the Company’s net revenue. The Company paid the CMO approximately $0.1 million in compensation for year-ended December 31, 2018.  As of December 31, 2018, the CMO was no longer employed with the Company.

Restated Voting Agreement

On November 1, 2018, Dr. Larisa Storozhenko, Maximus Yaney and Asher Maximus I, LLC (the “Initial Designating Parties”) entered into a voting agreement with Mr. Asher Delug, one of the stockholders of the Company and a member of the Company’s board of directors, pursuant to which Mr. Delug will have the power to vote such number of shares of common stock as is equal to: (a) all of the shares of the Company’s common stock beneficially held by the Initial Designating Parties minus (b) such number of shares of common stock representing 19.9% of the total voting power of the Company’s capital stock outstanding with respect to the election of directors, the appointment of officers and any amendments of the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws (the “Voting Agreement”).

The Voting Agreement was amended and restated pursuant to a new Voting Agreement, dated March 13, 2019, by and among MV II, LLC, Dr. Larisa Storozhenko, Mr. Maximus Yaney, Mr. Delug and the Company (the “Restated Voting Agreement”). Under the Restated Voting Agreement, each of MV II, LLC, Dr. Larisa Storozhenko and Mr. Yaney (collectively, the “Designating Parties”) agreed to relinquish the right to vote their shares of the Company’s capital stock, and any of the Company’s other equity interests (collectively, the “Voting Interests”) by granting the Company’s board of directors the sole right to vote all of the Voting Interests as the Designating Parties’ proxyholder. The Voting Interests include all shares of the Company’s common stock currently held by the Designating Parties, as well as any of the Company’s securities or other equity interests acquired by the Designating Parties in the future. Pursuant to the proxy granted by the Designating Parties, the Company’s board of directors is required to vote all of the Voting Interests in direct proportion to the voting of the shares and equity interests voted by all holders other than the Designating Parties. The proxy granted by the Designating Parties under the Restated Voting Agreement is irrevocable. In addition, the Restated Voting Agreement proxyholder may not be changed unless the Company receives the prior approval of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC.

Under the Restated Voting Agreement, each of the Designating Parties further agreed not to purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of the Company’s capital stock or other equity securities, or any interest in any of the foregoing.

The Restated Voting Agreement became effective on June 12, 2019 and will continue until the earlier to occur of (a) a Deemed Liquidation Event unless, immediately upon such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Company’s common stock is and remains listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, or (b) Mr. Yaney’s death. For purposes of the agreement, a “Deemed Liquidation Event” means (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is party other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, as a result of the Company’s shares held by such holders prior to such transaction or series of transactions, a majority of the total voting power represented by the Company’s outstanding voting securities or such other surviving or resulting entity; (ii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ assets taken as a whole by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except where such sale, lease or other disposition is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company; or (iii) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary; however, a Deemed Liquidation Event shall not include any transaction effected primarily to raise capital for the Company or a spin-off or similar divestiture of the Company’s product or SaaS business as part of reorganization of the Company approved by the Company’s board of directors.

Voting Agreement with Asher Delug

On April 12, 2019, the Company entered into a Voting Agreement with Asher Delug (the “Delug Voting Agreement”). The terms of the Delug Voting Agreement are substantially similar to the terms of the Restated Voting Agreement.

F-26


 

Under the Delug Voting Agreement, Mr. Delug agreed to relinquish his right to vote his shares of the Company’s capital stock, and any of the Company’s other equity interests (collectively, the “Delug Voting Interests”) by granting the Company’s board of directors the sole right to vote all of the Delug Voting Interests as Mr. Delug’s proxyholder. The Delug Voting Interests include all shares of the Company’s common stock currently held by Mr. Delug, as well as any of the Company’s securities or other equity interests acquired by Mr. Delug in the future. Pursuant to the proxy granted by Mr. Delug, the Company’s board of directors is required to vote all of the Delug Voting Interests in direct proportion to the voting of the shares and equity interests voted by all holders other than Mr. Delug. The proxy granted by Mr. Delug under the Delug Voting Agreement is irrevocable. In addition, the Delug Voting Agreement proxyholder may not be changed unless the Company receives the prior approval of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC.

Under the Delug Voting Agreement, Mr. Delug further agreed not to purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of the Company’s capital stock or other equity securities, or any interest in any of the foregoing.

The Delug Voting Agreement became effective on June 12, 2019 and will continue until the earlier to occur of (a) a Deemed Liquidation Event unless, immediately upon such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Company’s common stock is and remains listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, or (b) Mr. Delug’s death. For purposes of the agreement, a “Deemed Liquidation Event” has the same meaning as in the Restated Voting Agreement.

F-27


 

15.

NET LOSS PER SHARE

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

 

Year-Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

Net loss

 

$

(31,823

)

 

$

(58,789

)

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net

   loss per share, basic and diluted

 

 

10,160,879

 

 

 

13,516,844

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

 

$

(3.13

)

 

$

(4.35

)

 

All other outstanding shares of potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect.

16.

2019 ACQUISITION

On September 10, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of the assets of a personal wellness company (the “Aussie Health Assets”), whose products sell primarily on the Amazon US marketplace, for total consideration of $1.3 million, which was comprised of cash of $1.1 million and a promissory note for $0.2 million that accrues interest at a rate of 8% per annum and matures on June 10, 2020. The Company also paid $0.1 million in the form of a working capital payment related to the inventory purchased within sixty days of closing.

The following presents the preliminary allocation of purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their estimated fair values at acquisition date:

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Inventory

 

$

297

 

Goodwill

 

 

745

 

Intangible assets

 

 

333

 

Net assets acquired

 

$

1,375

 

 

The amounts assigned to goodwill and major intangible asset classifications were as follows:

 

 

 

Amount

allocated

 

 

Useful life

(in years)

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

$

745

 

 

n.a.

 

Trademarks

 

 

310

 

 

 

5

 

Transition services agreement

 

 

11

 

 

< 1

 

Non-competition agreement

 

 

12

 

 

 

3

 

Total

 

$

1,078

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

The following unaudited pro forma information illustrates the impact of the Aussie Health Assets acquisition on the Company’s net revenue for the years-ended December 31, 2018 and 2019. The acquisition of the Aussie Health Assets is reflected in the following unaudited pro forma information as if the acquisition had been effective on January 1, 2018.  The unaudited pro forma impact for the year-end December 31, 2019 is from January 1, 2019 through the acquisition date of September 10, 2019.

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Net revenue as reported

 

$

73,279

 

 

$

114,451

 

Aussie Health net revenue

 

$

1,819

 

 

$

1,759

 

Net revenue pro forma

 

$

75,098

 

 

$

116,210

 

Operating loss as reported

 

$

(29,429

)

 

$

(54,333

)

Aussie Health operating income

 

$

332

 

 

$

310

 

Operating loss pro forma

 

$

(29,097

)

 

$

(54,023

)

F-28


 

 

17.

SUBSEQUENT EVENT

Coronavirus Outbreak

In January 2020, the recent outbreak of a novel strain of coronavirus was first identified that had an unfavorable impact to the Company’s key manufacturing partners.  Substantially all of the Company’s products are sourced and manufactured in China, including new products that it expects to launch during 2020. In addition, the Company relies upon its team in Shenzhen for a number of functions relating to product sourcing and development, among other things. The Company has a key manufacturing partner in China that was re-opened as of February 10, 2020 and reached over 90% capacity early in March 2020. This key manufacturer is expected to manufacture over 30% of the Company’s inventory in 2020. 

 

In late March 2020, the outbreak of COVID-19 (coronavirus) caused by a novel strain of the coronavirus has recently been recognized as a pandemic by the World Health Organization, and the outbreak has become increasingly widespread in the United States. COVID-19 (coronavirus) has had a notable impact on general economic conditions, including but not limited to the temporary closures of many businesses, “shelter in place” and other governmental regulations, reduced consumer spending due to both job losses and other effects attributable to the COVID-19 (coronavirus), and there are many unknowns. In light of the uncertainty as to the severity and duration of the pandemic, the impact on the Company’s revenues, profitability and financial position is uncertain at this time.

 

F-29


 

MOHAWK GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

(All amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

Balance at

Beginning

of Period

 

 

Charged

to Costs &

Expenses

 

 

Charged

to Other

Accounts

 

 

Accounts

Written Off

or Deductions

 

 

Balance at

End of Period

 

Description

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year-ended December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

465

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

465

 

 

$

 

Deferred tax valuation allowance

 

$

7,890

 

 

$

 

 

$

7,277

 

 

$

 

 

$

15,167

 

Year-ended December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

 

 

$

35

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

35

 

Deferred tax valuation allowance

 

$

15,167

 

 

$

 

 

$

14,036

 

 

$

 

 

$

29,203

 

 

 

 

 

F-30


 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures. Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), who serves as our principal executive officer, and our Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), who serves as our principal financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act), as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K.

Based on this evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2019.

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the provisions of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act).

Our management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 based on the criteria set forth in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework).

Based on that assessment, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting were not effective as of December 31, 2019 as we still have not fully remediated our previously reported material weaknesses.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. 

As previously reported and continuing as of December 31, 2019, we have identified material weaknesses set forth below in our internal control over financial reporting:

 

We did not maintain effective monitoring controls over user access within the information technology (“IT”) systems and program change-management over certain IT systems that support our financial reporting processes;

 

 

We lacked proper review controls over account reconciliations and journal entries.  Further due to the limited size of the accounting and finance department there is a lack of segregation of duties that existed in regard to posting journal entries;  

 

 

We did not have effective controls to ensure there was comprehensive analysis, documentation, and review over the recognition of stock-based compensation expense; and

 

 

We did not have effective review controls over consideration of the relevant accounting and disclosure guidance.

Management’s Plan to Remediate the Material Weaknesses

In 2019, we implemented the following controls in order to remediate the previously disclosed material weaknesses:

 

formal and documented closing, US GAAP and SEC checklist maintenance and review;

 

formal accounting position memos and supporting documentation;

 

improved system controls and additional mitigating controls around journal entry preparation and posting;

 

implemented additional security access and password controls within our accounting system;

69


 

 

implemented formal program change management controls within and around our accounting systems; and

 

formal review and control processes for month-end closing reconciliations.

As of December 31, 2019, though these controls have been implemented there still has not been sufficient time to properly conclude that these controls are functioning appropriately.  For the year-end 2020, we intend to continue improve and test these controls to ensure they are operating effectively. However, we cannot be certain that the measures we have taken or may take in the future will ensure that we establish and maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

As noted above, to remediate the previously disclosed material weaknesses in in our internal control over financial reporting, we formalized and added closing checklists, formalized and documented accounting positions, improved our systems and added formal controls around journal entries and month-end closing reconciliations. , There were no other changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2019, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls and Procedures

In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to apply judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs.

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

70


 

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Information required by this item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A to be filed with the SEC in connection with our 2020 annual meeting of stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”), which we expect to file not later than 120 days after the end of our year-ended December 31, 2019, and is incorporated in this report by reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

Information required by this item will be contained in the Proxy Statement, which we expect to file not later than 120 days after the end of our year-ended December 31, 2019 and is incorporated in this report by reference.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Information required by this item will be contained in the Proxy Statement, which we expect to file not later than 120 days after the end of our year-ended December 31, 2019 and is incorporated in this report by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Information required by this item will be contained in the Proxy Statement, which we expect to file not later than 120 days after the end of our year-ended December 31, 2019 and is incorporated in this report by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

Information required by this item will be contained in the Proxy Statement, which we expect to file not later than 120 days after the end of our year-ended December 31, 2019 and is incorporated in this report by reference.

 

 

 

 

71


 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)

Exhibits.

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

 

Form

 

File Number

 

Filing Date

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc.

 

8-K

 

001-38937

 

6/14/2019

 

3.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc.

 

8-K

 

001-38937

 

6/14/2019

 

3.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Form of Common Stock Certificate.

 

S-1/A

 

333-231381

 

5/24/2019

 

4.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2+

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2018, among Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc. and the purchasers party thereto.

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

4.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

 

Warrant to Purchase Stock, issued to MidCap Financial Trust on September 4, 2018.

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

4.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.4

 

Form of Warrant, issued to Katalyst Securities LLC and its assigns on September 4, 2018.

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

4.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.5

 

Form of Warrant, issued to Horizon Technology Finance Corporation on December 31, 2019.

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

4.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.6

 

Amendment No. 1 to Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2019, among Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc. and the investors party thereto.

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

4.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.7*

 

Description of Securities of Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1#

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement.

 

S-1/A

 

333-231381

 

5/24/2019

 

10.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.2#

 

2014 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan.

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

10.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.3#

 

Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Form of Stock Option Agreement (2014 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan).

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

10.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.4#

 

2018 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

S-8

 

333-232087

 

6/12/2019

 

10.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.5#

 

Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (2018 Equity Incentive Plan).

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

10.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6#

 

Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Shares and Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement (2018 Equity Incentive Plan).

 

S-8

 

333-232087

 

6/12/2019

 

10.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.7#

 

Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc. 2019 Equity Plan.

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

10.17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.8#

 

Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Shares and Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement (Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc. 2019 Equity Plan).

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

10.18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.9#

 

Transaction Bonus Plan.

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

10.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.10#+

 

Employment Agreement dated May 14, 2018, by and between Mohawk Group, Inc. and Joseph Risico.

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

10.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11#+

 

Employment Agreement dated January 1, 2016, by and between Mohawk Group, Inc. and Mihal Chaouat-Fix.

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

10.11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.12#

 

Independent Contractor Agreement dated July 1, 2017, by and between Mohawk Group, Inc. and Fabrice Hamaide.

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

10.12

72


 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

 

Form

 

File Number

 

Filing Date

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.13#+

 

Employment Agreement dated August 15, 2018, by and between Mohawk Group, Inc. and Peter Datos.

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

10.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.14#

 

Employment Agreement dated April 1, 2015, by and between Mohawk Group, Inc. and Yaniv Sarig.

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

10.14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.15#

 

Independent Contractor Agreement dated August 14, 2017, by and between Mohawk Group, Inc. and Tomer Pascal.

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

10.15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.16#+

 

Employment Agreement dated November 27, 2018, by and between Mohawk Group, Inc. and Roi Zahut.

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

10.16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.17

 

Restated Voting Agreement dated March 13, 2019, by and among MV II, LLC, Maximus Yaney, Larisa Storozhenko and Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc.

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

10.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.18

 

Voting Agreement dated April 12, 2019, by and between Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc. and Asher Delug.

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

10.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.19+

 

Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement, dated November  23, 2018, by and among Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc., Mohawk Group, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Mohawk Group, Inc. set forth on Annex B thereto, MidCap Funding X Trust, individually as a Lender, and as Agent, and the financial institutions or other entities from time to time parties thereto.

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

10.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.20+

 

Omnibus Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement and Agreement No.  2 to Pledge Agreement, dated as of December  31, 2018, by and among Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc., Mohawk Group, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Mohawk Group, Inc. set forth on the signature pages thereto, MidCap Funding X Trust, as agent, and the Lenders party thereto.

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

10.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.21

 

Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2019, by and among Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc., Mohawk Group, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Mohawk Group, Inc. set forth on the signature pages thereto, MidCap Funding IV Trust, as agent, and the Lenders party thereto.

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

10.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.22

 

Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2019, by and among Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc., Mohawk Group, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Mohawk Group, Inc. set forth on the signature pages thereto, MidCap Funding IV Trust, as agent, and the Lenders party thereto.

 

S-1/A

 

333-231381

 

5/24/2019

 

10.22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.23

 

Venture Loan and Security Agreement and form of Note issued thereunder, dated December 31, 2018, by and among Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc., Mohawk Group, Inc. and their subsidiaries from time to time party thereto and Horizon Technology Finance Corporation as a Lender and Collateral Agent.

 

S-1

 

333-231381

 

5/10/2019

 

10.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.24

 

Omnibus Limited Consent, Joinder and Amendment No.  4 to Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement and Amendment No. 3 to Pledge Agreement, dated as of September  10, 2019, by and among Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc., Mohawk Group, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Mohawk Group, Inc. set forth on the signature pages thereto, Aussie Health Co, LLC, MidCap Funding IV Trust, as agent, and the Lenders party thereto.

 

10-Q

 

001-38937

 

11/5/2019

 

10.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

73


 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

 

Form

 

File Number

 

Filing Date

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.25

 

Omnibus Limited Consent, Joinder and Amendment to Venture Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September  10, 2019, by and among Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc., Mohawk Group, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Mohawk Group, Inc. set forth on the signature pages thereto, Aussie Health Co, LLC, Horizon Technology Finance Corporation, as collateral agent, Horizon Credit II LLC, as assignee of Horizon Technology Finance Corporation, and Horizon Funding Trust 2019-1.

 

10-Q

 

001-38937

 

11/5/2019

 

10.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.1 *

 

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.1*

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.1*

 

Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Annual Report on Form 10-K).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1*

 

Certifications of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2*

 

Certifications of the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.1*

 

Certifications of the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

Filed herewith.

#

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

+

Non-material schedules and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. The Company hereby undertakes to furnish supplemental copies of any of the omitted schedules and exhibits upon request by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.

None.

 

74


 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

MOHAWK GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Yaniv Sarig

 

 

Yaniv Sarig

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Date:

 

March 30, 2020

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints, jointly and severally, Yaniv Sarig, Fabrice Hamaide and Joseph A. Risico, and each of them acting individually, as his or her attorney-in-fact, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Yaniv Sarig

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

March 30, 2020

Yaniv Sarig

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Fabrice Hamaide

 

Chief Financial Officer and Director

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

 

March 30, 2020

Fabrice Hamaide

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ William Kurtz

 

Director

 

March 30, 2020

William Kurtz

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stephen Liu, M.D.

 

Director

 

March 30, 2020

Stephen Liu, M.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Greg B. Petersen

 

Director

 

March 30, 2020

Greg B. Petersen

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Amy von Walter

 

Director

 

March 30, 2020

Amy von Walter

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Bari Harlam

 

Director

 

March 30, 2020

Bari Harlam

 

 

 

 

 

75

mwk-ex47_257.htm

Exhibit 4.7

 

Description of Securities of Mohawk Group Holding, Inc.

The authorized capital stock of Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), consists of:

 

500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”); and

 

10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).

Common Stock

Dividend Rights. Dividends may be declared and paid on Common Stock if, as and when determined by the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”), subject to any preferential dividend or other rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock and to the requirements of applicable law.

Voting Rights. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) does not provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they so choose, other than any directors that holders of any outstanding Preferred Stock may be entitled to elect. The Certificate of Incorporation establishes a classified board of directors that is divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only the directors in one class will be subject to election at each annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders, with the directors in the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. The Certificate of Incorporation and the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaws”) also provide that the directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon is required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, several of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation. See the section of this exhibit entitled “Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware” for additional details regarding the anti-takeover provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.

MV II, LLC, Dr. Larisa Storozhenko and Mr. Maximus Yaney (collectively, the “Designating Parties”) have entered into a voting agreement, dated as of March 13, 2019, with Asher Delug and the Company (the “Restated Voting Agreement”), pursuant to which the Board has the sole right to vote all of their shares of capital stock of, and any other equity interest in, the Company (collectively, the “Voting Interests”) as the Designating Parties’ proxyholder. Pursuant to the proxy granted by the Designating Parties, the Board is required to vote all of the Voting Interests in direct proportion to the voting of the shares and equity interests voted by all holders other than the Designating Parties. The proxy granted by the Designating Parties under the Restated Voting Agreement is irrevocable. In addition, the Restated Voting Agreement proxyholder may not be changed unless the Company receives the prior approval of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. The

 


 

Restated Voting Agreement became effective on June 12, 2019 and will continue until the earlier to occur of (1) a Deemed Liquidation Event unless, immediately upon such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Common Stock is and remains listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, or (2) Mr. Yaney’s death. For purposes of the Restated Voting Agreement, a “Deemed Liquidation Event” means (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party, other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, as a result of the shares held by such holders prior to such transaction or series of transactions, a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity; (ii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ assets taken as a whole by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except where such sale, lease or other disposition is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company; or (iii) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary; however, a Deemed Liquidation Event shall not include any transaction effected primarily to raise capital for the Company or a spin-off or similar divestiture of the Company’s product or SaaS business as part of a reorganization of the Company approved by the Board.

As of December 31, 2019, the Board has voting power over an aggregate of 3,748,616 shares of the Common Stock, or 21.1% of the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock, pursuant to the Restated Voting Agreement.

On April 12, 2019, Asher Delug entered into a voting agreement with the Company on substantially the same terms as the Restated Voting Agreement (the “Delug Voting Agreement”), pursuant to which Mr. Delug agreed to relinquish the right to vote his shares of capital stock of, and any other equity interest in, the Company (collectively, the “Delug Voting Interests”) by granting the Board the sole right to vote all of the Delug Voting Interests as Mr. Delug’s proxyholder. The Delug Voting Interests include all shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Delug, as well as any of the Company’s securities or other equity interests acquired by Mr. Delug in the future. Pursuant to the proxy granted by Mr. Delug, the Board is required to vote all of the Delug Voting Interests in direct proportion to the voting of the shares and equity interests voted by all holders other than Mr. Delug. The proxy granted by Mr. Delug under the Delug Voting Agreement is irrevocable. In addition, the Delug Voting Agreement proxyholder may not be changed unless the Company receives the prior approval of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. The Delug Voting Agreement became effective on June 12, 2019, and it will continue until the earlier to occur of (1) a Deemed Liquidation Event unless, immediately upon such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Common Stock is and remains listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, or (2) Mr. Delug’s death.

As of December 31, 2019, the Board has voting power over an aggregate of 2,503,608 shares of the Common Stock, or 14.1% of the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock, pursuant to the Delug Voting Agreement.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights. The Common Stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

 


 

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions. If the Company becomes subject to a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to its stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of Common Stock and any participating Preferred Stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

Fully Paid and Non-Assessable. All of the outstanding shares of Common Stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Anti-Takeover Provisions. See the below section titled “Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware”.

Listing

The Common Stock is listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “MWK”.

Preferred Stock

The Board is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, to determine and fix from time to time the number of shares to be included in such series, and to fix the voting powers, designations, preferences and other rights, qualifications and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences of such series, in each case without further vote or action by the stockholders. The Board can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by the stockholders.

The Board may authorize the issuance of Preferred Stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of Common Stock. The issuance of Preferred Stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control and may adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of Common Stock. The Company has no current plans to issue any shares of Preferred Stock.

Warrants

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 318,158 shares of Common Stock as follows:

 

A warrant to purchase an aggregate of 44,871 shares with an exercise price of $15.60 per share, which is currently exercisable and expires on October 16, 2027, which shall be automatically exercised on a “cashless” basis upon expiration if the fair market value of the Common Stock is greater than the exercise price of the warrant on the expiration date of the warrant;

 


 

 

warrants to purchase an aggregate of 196,364 shares with an exercise price of $15.60 per share, all of which are currently exercisable and expire on September 4, 2023; and

 

warrants to purchase an aggregate of 76,923 shares with an exercise price of $15.60 per share, all of which are currently exercisable and expire on June 14, 2024, which shall be automatically exercised on a “cashless” basis upon expiration if the fair market value of the Common Stock is greater than the exercise price of the warrant on the expiration date of the warrant.

All of the outstanding warrants contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price in the event of stock dividends, stock splits or similar transactions. In addition, certain of the warrants contain a “cashless exercise” feature that allows the holders thereof to exercise the warrants without a cash payment to the Company under certain circumstances. Certain of the warrants also contain provisions that provide certain rights to warrantholders in the event of a fundamental transaction, including a merger or consolidation with or into another entity, such as the right to receive the same amount and kind of consideration paid to the holders of Common Stock in the fundamental transaction.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

Certain provisions of Delaware law, along with the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of the Company. These provisions are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of the Company to first negotiate with the Board. However, these provisions could have the effect of delaying, discouraging or preventing attempts to acquire the Company, which could deprive the stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of Common Stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Delaware Law

The Company is subject to Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”), which prohibits persons deemed to be “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the Board.

 


 

Choice of Forum

The Certificate of Incorporation provides that, unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on the Company’s behalf; (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty by any of the Company’s directors, officers, employees, agents or stockholders to the Company or its stockholders, creditors or other constituents; (3) any action asserting a claim against the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws; or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. As a result, the choice of forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. However, the Certificate of Incorporation does not relieve the Company of its duties to comply with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder, and its stockholders will not be deemed to have waived the Company’s compliance with these laws, rules and regulations. The Certificate of Incorporation also provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of the Company’s capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this choice of forum provision.

This choice of forum provision in the Certificate of Incorporation may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with the Company or its directors, officers, employees or agents, which may discourage such lawsuits against the Company and its directors, officers, employees or agents. In addition, stockholders who do bring a claim in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware could face additional litigation costs in pursuing any such claim, particularly if they do not reside in or near Delaware. Furthermore, the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ governing documents has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

Board of Directors Vacancies. Any vacancy or newly created directorship in the Board, however occurring, shall be filled only by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and shall not be filled by the stockholders, unless the Board determines by resolution that any such vacancy or newly created directorship shall be filled by the stockholders. In addition, the number of directors constituting the Board shall be determined from time to time by a resolution adopted by the Board. These provisions may prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of the Board and then gaining control of the Board by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of the Board and promotes continuity of management.

Classified Board. The Board is divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term (other than the directors initially assigned to Class I, whose term shall expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the Company’s initial public offering

 


 

and those assigned to Class II, whose term shall expire to the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Company’s initial public offering), one class being elected each year by the stockholders. This system of electing and removing directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Stockholder Meetings. The Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the Board, the chairperson of the Board, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), thus prohibiting a stockholder (in the capacity as a stockholder) from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of the stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of the capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent. The Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of the capital stock would not be able to amend the Bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of the stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations. The Bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals to be brought before a stockholder meeting and the nomination of candidates for election as directors. The Bylaws also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude the stockholders from bringing matters before an annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at an annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. The Company expects that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company.

No Cumulative Voting. The Certificate of Incorporation does not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they choose, other than any directors that holders of Preferred Stock may be entitled to elect.

Directors Removed Only for Cause. The Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws provide that no member of the Board may be removed from office by the stockholders except for cause and upon the approval of not less than two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock. The ability of the Board, without action by the stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated Preferred Stock with voting or other rights or preferences as designated by the Board could impede the success of any attempt to change control of the Company. This may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of the Company.

 


 

Amendment of Charter Provisions. The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provisions making it possible for the Board to issue Preferred Stock or for the stockholders to cumulate their votes, require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of the total voting power of all of the outstanding voting stock. The provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of the Common Stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in the composition of the Board. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

 

 

mwk-ex211_259.htm

Exhibit 21.1

List of Subsidiaries of Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc.

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction

Mohawk Group, Inc.

  

Delaware

Xtava LLC

  

Delaware

Sunlabz LLC

  

Delaware

RIF6 LLC

  

Delaware

Vremi LLC

  

Delaware

hOmelabs LLC

  

Delaware

Vidazen LLC

  

Delaware

Urban Source LLC

  

Delaware

Zephyr Beauty LLC

  

Delaware

Discocart LLC

  

Delaware

Vueti LLC

  

Delaware

Punched LLC

  

Delaware

SweetHomeDealz LLC

  

Delaware

KitchenVox LLC

  

Delaware

Exorider LLC

  

Delaware

Kinetic Wave LLC

  

Delaware

3GirlsFromNY LLC

  

Delaware

ChicAlley LLC

  

Delaware

BoxWhale LLC

  

Delaware

Aussie Health Co, LLC

 

Delaware

Mohawk Innovations Limited Irish Private Limited Co.

  

Ireland

Shenzhen Mohawk Technology Ltd. Co.

  

China

Mohawk Group Poland Sp. z.o.o.

 

Poland

Mohawk Research and Development Ltd.

 

Israel

Mohawk Innovations Canada Inc.

  

Canada

 

 

mwk-ex231_422.htm

 

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-23087 on Form S-8 of our report dated March 30, 2020, relating to the financial statements of Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc. appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

March 30, 2020

 

 

mwk-ex311_256.htm

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO

RULE 13a-14(a)  UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Yaniv Sarig, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 30, 2020

 

 

/s/ Yaniv Sarig

Yaniv Sarig

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

mwk-ex312_258.htm

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT

TO RULE 13a-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Fabrice Hamaide, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 30, 2020

 

 

/s/ Fabrice Hamaide

Fabrice Hamaide

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

mwk-ex321_255.htm

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Mohawk Group Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to their knowledge that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

 

/s/ Yaniv Sarig

 

/s / Fabrice Hamaide

Yaniv Sarig

 

Fabrice Hamaide

Chief Executive Officer

 

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

March 30, 2020

 

March 30, 2020

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

This certification accompanies the Report, is not deemed filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act (whether made before or after the date of the Report), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.